Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
      1      1.1  christos /* LoongArch-specific support for NN-bit ELF.
      2  1.1.1.2  christos    Copyright (C) 2021-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3      1.1  christos    Contributed by Loongson Ltd.
      4      1.1  christos 
      5      1.1  christos    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      6      1.1  christos 
      7      1.1  christos    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      8      1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      9      1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     10      1.1  christos    (at your option) any later version.
     11      1.1  christos 
     12      1.1  christos    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     13      1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     14      1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     15      1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     16      1.1  christos 
     17      1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     18      1.1  christos    along with this program; see the file COPYING3.  If not,
     19      1.1  christos    see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
     20      1.1  christos 
     21      1.1  christos #include "ansidecl.h"
     22      1.1  christos #include "sysdep.h"
     23      1.1  christos #include "bfd.h"
     24      1.1  christos #include "libbfd.h"
     25      1.1  christos #define ARCH_SIZE NN
     26      1.1  christos #include "elf-bfd.h"
     27      1.1  christos #include "objalloc.h"
     28      1.1  christos #include "elf/loongarch.h"
     29      1.1  christos #include "elfxx-loongarch.h"
     30  1.1.1.2  christos #include "opcode/loongarch.h"
     31      1.1  christos 
     32      1.1  christos static bool
     33      1.1  christos loongarch_info_to_howto_rela (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr,
     34      1.1  christos 			      Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
     35      1.1  christos {
     36      1.1  christos   cache_ptr->howto = loongarch_elf_rtype_to_howto (abfd,
     37      1.1  christos 						   ELFNN_R_TYPE (dst->r_info));
     38      1.1  christos   return cache_ptr->howto != NULL;
     39      1.1  christos }
     40      1.1  christos 
     41      1.1  christos /* LoongArch ELF linker hash entry.  */
     42      1.1  christos struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry
     43      1.1  christos {
     44      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
     45      1.1  christos 
     46      1.1  christos #define GOT_UNKNOWN 0
     47      1.1  christos #define GOT_NORMAL  1
     48      1.1  christos #define GOT_TLS_GD  2
     49      1.1  christos #define GOT_TLS_IE  4
     50      1.1  christos #define GOT_TLS_LE  8
     51  1.1.1.2  christos #define GOT_TLS_GDESC 16
     52  1.1.1.2  christos 
     53  1.1.1.2  christos #define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(tls_type) \
     54  1.1.1.2  christos   ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
     55  1.1.1.2  christos #define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(tls_type) \
     56  1.1.1.2  christos   ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
     57      1.1  christos   char tls_type;
     58      1.1  christos };
     59      1.1  christos 
     60      1.1  christos #define loongarch_elf_hash_entry(ent)	\
     61      1.1  christos   ((struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
     62      1.1  christos 
     63      1.1  christos struct _bfd_loongarch_elf_obj_tdata
     64      1.1  christos {
     65      1.1  christos   struct elf_obj_tdata root;
     66      1.1  christos 
     67      1.1  christos   /* The tls_type for each local got entry.  */
     68      1.1  christos   char *local_got_tls_type;
     69      1.1  christos };
     70      1.1  christos 
     71      1.1  christos #define _bfd_loongarch_elf_tdata(abfd)	\
     72      1.1  christos   ((struct _bfd_loongarch_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
     73      1.1  christos 
     74      1.1  christos #define _bfd_loongarch_elf_local_got_tls_type(abfd)	\
     75      1.1  christos   (_bfd_loongarch_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
     76      1.1  christos 
     77      1.1  christos #define _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type(abfd, h, symndx)			\
     78      1.1  christos   (*((h) != NULL							\
     79      1.1  christos      ? &loongarch_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type				\
     80      1.1  christos      : &_bfd_loongarch_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd)[symndx]))
     81      1.1  christos 
     82      1.1  christos #define is_loongarch_elf(bfd)						\
     83      1.1  christos   (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour			\
     84      1.1  christos    && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL						\
     85      1.1  christos    && elf_object_id (bfd) == LARCH_ELF_DATA)
     86      1.1  christos 
     87  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
     88  1.1.1.3  christos elfNN_loongarch_object (bfd *abfd)
     89  1.1.1.3  christos {
     90  1.1.1.3  christos   return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd,
     91  1.1.1.3  christos 				  sizeof (struct _bfd_loongarch_elf_obj_tdata));
     92  1.1.1.3  christos }
     93  1.1.1.3  christos 
     94  1.1.1.3  christos struct relr_entry
     95  1.1.1.3  christos {
     96  1.1.1.3  christos   asection *sec;
     97  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_vma off;
     98  1.1.1.3  christos };
     99  1.1.1.3  christos 
    100      1.1  christos struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table
    101      1.1  christos {
    102      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
    103      1.1  christos 
    104      1.1  christos   /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
    105      1.1  christos   asection *sdyntdata;
    106      1.1  christos 
    107      1.1  christos   /* Small local sym to section mapping cache.  */
    108      1.1  christos   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
    109      1.1  christos 
    110      1.1  christos   /* Used by local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
    111      1.1  christos   htab_t loc_hash_table;
    112      1.1  christos   void *loc_hash_memory;
    113      1.1  christos 
    114      1.1  christos   /* The max alignment of output sections.  */
    115      1.1  christos   bfd_vma max_alignment;
    116  1.1.1.2  christos 
    117  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The data segment phase, don't relax the section
    118  1.1.1.2  christos      when it is exp_seg_relro_adjust.  */
    119  1.1.1.2  christos   int *data_segment_phase;
    120  1.1.1.3  christos 
    121  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Array of relative relocs to be emitted in DT_RELR format.  */
    122  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type relr_alloc;
    123  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type relr_count;
    124  1.1.1.3  christos   struct relr_entry *relr;
    125  1.1.1.3  christos 
    126  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Sorted output addresses of above relative relocs.  */
    127  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_vma *relr_sorted;
    128  1.1.1.3  christos 
    129  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Layout recomputation count.  */
    130  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type relr_layout_iter;
    131  1.1.1.3  christos 
    132  1.1.1.3  christos   /* In BFD DT_RELR is implemented as a "relaxation."  If in a relax trip
    133  1.1.1.3  christos      size_relative_relocs is updating the layout, relax_section may see
    134  1.1.1.3  christos      a partially updated state (some sections have vma updated but the
    135  1.1.1.3  christos      others do not), and it's unsafe to do the normal relaxation.  */
    136  1.1.1.3  christos   bool layout_mutating_for_relr;
    137  1.1.1.3  christos };
    138  1.1.1.3  christos 
    139  1.1.1.3  christos struct loongarch_elf_section_data
    140  1.1.1.3  christos {
    141  1.1.1.3  christos   struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
    142  1.1.1.3  christos 
    143  1.1.1.3  christos   /* &htab->relr[i] where i is the smallest number s.t.
    144  1.1.1.3  christos      elf_section_data (htab->relr[i].sec) == &elf.
    145  1.1.1.3  christos      NULL if there exists no such i.  */
    146  1.1.1.3  christos   struct relr_entry *relr;
    147      1.1  christos };
    148      1.1  christos 
    149  1.1.1.3  christos /* We need an additional field in elf_section_data to handle complex
    150  1.1.1.3  christos    interactions between DT_RELR and relaxation.  */
    151  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
    152  1.1.1.3  christos loongarch_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
    153  1.1.1.3  christos {
    154  1.1.1.3  christos   struct loongarch_elf_section_data *sdata;
    155  1.1.1.3  christos 
    156  1.1.1.3  christos   sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
    157  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!sdata)
    158  1.1.1.3  christos     return false;
    159  1.1.1.3  christos   sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
    160  1.1.1.3  christos 
    161  1.1.1.3  christos   return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
    162  1.1.1.3  christos }
    163  1.1.1.3  christos 
    164  1.1.1.3  christos #define loongarch_elf_section_data(x) \
    165  1.1.1.3  christos   ((struct loongarch_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (x))
    166  1.1.1.3  christos 
    167      1.1  christos /* Get the LoongArch ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    168      1.1  christos #define loongarch_elf_hash_table(p)					\
    169  1.1.1.3  christos     ((struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))		\
    170      1.1  christos 
    171      1.1  christos #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
    172      1.1  christos 
    173      1.1  christos #define sec_addr(sec) ((sec)->output_section->vma + (sec)->output_offset)
    174      1.1  christos 
    175      1.1  christos #define LARCH_ELF_LOG_WORD_BYTES (ARCH_SIZE == 32 ? 2 : 3)
    176      1.1  christos #define LARCH_ELF_WORD_BYTES (1 << LARCH_ELF_LOG_WORD_BYTES)
    177      1.1  christos 
    178      1.1  christos #define PLT_HEADER_INSNS 8
    179      1.1  christos #define PLT_HEADER_SIZE (PLT_HEADER_INSNS * 4)
    180      1.1  christos 
    181      1.1  christos #define PLT_ENTRY_INSNS 4
    182      1.1  christos #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (PLT_ENTRY_INSNS * 4)
    183      1.1  christos 
    184      1.1  christos #define GOT_ENTRY_SIZE (LARCH_ELF_WORD_BYTES)
    185      1.1  christos 
    186  1.1.1.2  christos /* Reserve two entries of GOTPLT for ld.so, one is used for PLT
    187  1.1.1.2  christos    resolver _dl_runtime_resolve, the other is used for link map.  */
    188      1.1  christos #define GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE (GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 2)
    189      1.1  christos 
    190      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
    191      1.1  christos 
    192      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
    193      1.1  christos 
    194      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
    195      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4
    196      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
    197      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
    198      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 1
    199      1.1  christos 
    200      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_got_header_size (GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 1)
    201      1.1  christos 
    202      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
    203      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
    204      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
    205      1.1  christos 
    206  1.1.1.2  christos #define IS_LOONGARCH_TLS_TRANS_RELOC(R_TYPE)  \
    207  1.1.1.2  christos   ((R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20	      \
    208  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12    \
    209  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD	      \
    210  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL	      \
    211  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20      \
    212  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12)
    213  1.1.1.2  christos 
    214  1.1.1.2  christos #define IS_OUTDATED_TLS_LE_RELOC(R_TYPE)  \
    215  1.1.1.2  christos   ((R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20	  \
    216  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12	  \
    217  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_LO20	  \
    218  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_HI12)
    219  1.1.1.2  christos 
    220  1.1.1.3  christos #define IS_CALL_RELOC(R_TYPE)	  \
    221  1.1.1.3  christos   ((R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_B26	  \
    222  1.1.1.3  christos    ||(R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_CALL36)
    223  1.1.1.3  christos 
    224  1.1.1.2  christos /* If TLS GD/IE need dynamic relocations, INDX will be the dynamic indx,
    225  1.1.1.2  christos    and set NEED_RELOC to true used in allocate_dynrelocs and
    226  1.1.1.2  christos    loongarch_elf_relocate_section for TLS GD/IE.  */
    227  1.1.1.2  christos #define LARCH_TLS_GD_IE_NEED_DYN_RELOC(INFO, DYN, H, INDX, NEED_RELOC) \
    228  1.1.1.2  christos   do \
    229  1.1.1.2  christos     { \
    230  1.1.1.2  christos       if ((H) != NULL \
    231  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && (H)->dynindx != -1 \
    232  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL ((DYN), \
    233  1.1.1.2  christos 				    bfd_link_pic (INFO), (H))) \
    234  1.1.1.2  christos       (INDX) = (H)->dynindx; \
    235  1.1.1.2  christos       if (((H) == NULL \
    236  1.1.1.2  christos 	    || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY ((H)->other) == STV_DEFAULT \
    237  1.1.1.2  christos 	    || (H)->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) \
    238  1.1.1.2  christos 	    && (!bfd_link_executable (INFO) \
    239  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || (INDX) != 0)) \
    240  1.1.1.2  christos       (NEED_RELOC) = true; \
    241  1.1.1.2  christos     } \
    242  1.1.1.2  christos     while (0)
    243  1.1.1.2  christos 
    244  1.1.1.3  christos /* TL;DR always use it in this file instead when you want to type
    245  1.1.1.3  christos    SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL.
    246  1.1.1.3  christos 
    247  1.1.1.3  christos    It's like SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL, but it returns true for local
    248  1.1.1.3  christos    protected functions.  It happens to be same as SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL but
    249  1.1.1.3  christos    let's not reuse SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL or "CALLS" may puzzle people.
    250  1.1.1.3  christos 
    251  1.1.1.3  christos    We do generate a PLT entry when someone attempts to la.pcrel an external
    252  1.1.1.3  christos    function.  But we never really implemented "R_LARCH_COPY", thus we've
    253  1.1.1.3  christos    never supported la.pcrel an external symbol unless the loaded address is
    254  1.1.1.3  christos    only used for locating a function to be called.  Thus the PLT entry is
    255  1.1.1.3  christos    a normal PLT entry, not intended to be a so-called "canonical PLT entry"
    256  1.1.1.3  christos    on the ports supporting copy relocation.  So attempting to la.pcrel an
    257  1.1.1.3  christos    external function will just break pointer equality, even it's a
    258  1.1.1.3  christos    STV_DEFAULT function:
    259  1.1.1.3  christos 
    260  1.1.1.3  christos    $ cat t.c
    261  1.1.1.3  christos    #include <assert.h>
    262  1.1.1.3  christos    void check(void *p) {assert(p == check);}
    263  1.1.1.3  christos    $ cat main.c
    264  1.1.1.3  christos    extern void check(void *);
    265  1.1.1.3  christos    int main(void) { check(check); }
    266  1.1.1.3  christos    $ cc t.c -fPIC -shared -o t.so
    267  1.1.1.3  christos    $ cc main.c -mdirect-extern-access t.so -Wl,-rpath=. -fpie -pie
    268  1.1.1.3  christos    $ ./a.out
    269  1.1.1.3  christos    a.out: t.c:2: check: Assertion `p == check' failed.
    270  1.1.1.3  christos    Aborted
    271  1.1.1.3  christos 
    272  1.1.1.3  christos    Thus handling STV_PROTECTED function specially just fixes nothing:
    273  1.1.1.3  christos    adding -fvisibility=protected compiling t.c will not magically fix
    274  1.1.1.3  christos    the inequality.  The only possible and correct fix is not to use
    275  1.1.1.3  christos    -mdirect-extern-access.
    276  1.1.1.3  christos 
    277  1.1.1.3  christos    So we should remove this special handling, because it's only an
    278  1.1.1.3  christos    unsuccessful workaround for invalid code and it's penalizing valid
    279  1.1.1.3  christos    code.  */
    280  1.1.1.3  christos #define LARCH_REF_LOCAL(info, h) \
    281  1.1.1.3  christos   (_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p ((h), (info), true))
    282  1.1.1.2  christos 
    283      1.1  christos /* Generate a PLT header.  */
    284      1.1  christos 
    285      1.1  christos static bool
    286      1.1  christos loongarch_make_plt_header (bfd_vma got_plt_addr, bfd_vma plt_header_addr,
    287      1.1  christos 			   uint32_t *entry)
    288      1.1  christos {
    289      1.1  christos   bfd_vma pcrel = got_plt_addr - plt_header_addr;
    290      1.1  christos   bfd_vma hi, lo;
    291      1.1  christos 
    292      1.1  christos   if (pcrel + 0x80000800 > 0xffffffff)
    293      1.1  christos     {
    294      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%#" PRIx64 " invaild imm"), (uint64_t) pcrel);
    295      1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    296      1.1  christos       return false;
    297      1.1  christos     }
    298      1.1  christos   hi = ((pcrel + 0x800) >> 12) & 0xfffff;
    299      1.1  christos   lo = pcrel & 0xfff;
    300      1.1  christos 
    301      1.1  christos   /* pcaddu12i  $t2, %hi(%pcrel(.got.plt))
    302      1.1  christos      sub.[wd]   $t1, $t1, $t3
    303      1.1  christos      ld.[wd]    $t3, $t2, %lo(%pcrel(.got.plt)) # _dl_runtime_resolve
    304      1.1  christos      addi.[wd]  $t1, $t1, -(PLT_HEADER_SIZE + 12)
    305      1.1  christos      addi.[wd]  $t0, $t2, %lo(%pcrel(.got.plt))
    306      1.1  christos      srli.[wd]  $t1, $t1, log2(16 / GOT_ENTRY_SIZE)
    307      1.1  christos      ld.[wd]    $t0, $t0, GOT_ENTRY_SIZE
    308      1.1  christos      jirl   $r0, $t3, 0 */
    309      1.1  christos 
    310      1.1  christos   if (GOT_ENTRY_SIZE == 8)
    311      1.1  christos     {
    312      1.1  christos       entry[0] = 0x1c00000e | (hi & 0xfffff) << 5;
    313      1.1  christos       entry[1] = 0x0011bdad;
    314      1.1  christos       entry[2] = 0x28c001cf | (lo & 0xfff) << 10;
    315      1.1  christos       entry[3] = 0x02c001ad | ((-(PLT_HEADER_SIZE + 12)) & 0xfff) << 10;
    316      1.1  christos       entry[4] = 0x02c001cc | (lo & 0xfff) << 10;
    317      1.1  christos       entry[5] = 0x004501ad | (4 - LARCH_ELF_LOG_WORD_BYTES) << 10;
    318      1.1  christos       entry[6] = 0x28c0018c | GOT_ENTRY_SIZE << 10;
    319      1.1  christos       entry[7] = 0x4c0001e0;
    320      1.1  christos     }
    321      1.1  christos   else
    322      1.1  christos     {
    323      1.1  christos       entry[0] = 0x1c00000e | (hi & 0xfffff) << 5;
    324      1.1  christos       entry[1] = 0x00113dad;
    325      1.1  christos       entry[2] = 0x288001cf | (lo & 0xfff) << 10;
    326      1.1  christos       entry[3] = 0x028001ad | ((-(PLT_HEADER_SIZE + 12)) & 0xfff) << 10;
    327      1.1  christos       entry[4] = 0x028001cc | (lo & 0xfff) << 10;
    328      1.1  christos       entry[5] = 0x004481ad | (4 - LARCH_ELF_LOG_WORD_BYTES) << 10;
    329      1.1  christos       entry[6] = 0x2880018c | GOT_ENTRY_SIZE << 10;
    330      1.1  christos       entry[7] = 0x4c0001e0;
    331      1.1  christos     }
    332      1.1  christos   return true;
    333      1.1  christos }
    334      1.1  christos 
    335      1.1  christos /* Generate a PLT entry.  */
    336      1.1  christos 
    337      1.1  christos static bool
    338      1.1  christos loongarch_make_plt_entry (bfd_vma got_plt_entry_addr, bfd_vma plt_entry_addr,
    339      1.1  christos 			  uint32_t *entry)
    340      1.1  christos {
    341      1.1  christos   bfd_vma pcrel = got_plt_entry_addr - plt_entry_addr;
    342      1.1  christos   bfd_vma hi, lo;
    343      1.1  christos 
    344      1.1  christos   if (pcrel + 0x80000800 > 0xffffffff)
    345      1.1  christos     {
    346      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%#" PRIx64 " invaild imm"), (uint64_t) pcrel);
    347      1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    348      1.1  christos       return false;
    349      1.1  christos     }
    350      1.1  christos   hi = ((pcrel + 0x800) >> 12) & 0xfffff;
    351      1.1  christos   lo = pcrel & 0xfff;
    352      1.1  christos 
    353      1.1  christos   entry[0] = 0x1c00000f | (hi & 0xfffff) << 5;
    354      1.1  christos   entry[1] = ((GOT_ENTRY_SIZE == 8 ? 0x28c001ef : 0x288001ef)
    355      1.1  christos 	      | (lo & 0xfff) << 10);
    356      1.1  christos   entry[2] = 0x4c0001ed;	/* jirl $r13, $15, 0 */
    357      1.1  christos   entry[3] = 0x03400000;	/* nop */
    358      1.1  christos 
    359      1.1  christos   return true;
    360      1.1  christos }
    361      1.1  christos 
    362      1.1  christos /* Create an entry in an LoongArch ELF linker hash table.  */
    363      1.1  christos 
    364      1.1  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    365      1.1  christos link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    366      1.1  christos 		   const char *string)
    367      1.1  christos {
    368      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
    369      1.1  christos 
    370      1.1  christos   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    371      1.1  christos      subclass.  */
    372      1.1  christos   if (entry == NULL)
    373      1.1  christos     {
    374      1.1  christos       entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (*eh));
    375      1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
    376      1.1  christos 	return entry;
    377      1.1  christos     }
    378      1.1  christos 
    379      1.1  christos   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    380      1.1  christos   entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
    381      1.1  christos   if (entry != NULL)
    382      1.1  christos     {
    383      1.1  christos       eh = (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
    384      1.1  christos       eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
    385      1.1  christos     }
    386      1.1  christos 
    387      1.1  christos   return entry;
    388      1.1  christos }
    389      1.1  christos 
    390      1.1  christos /* Compute a hash of a local hash entry.  We use elf_link_hash_entry
    391      1.1  christos   for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols
    392      1.1  christos   as global symbol.  We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol
    393      1.1  christos   hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend.  */
    394      1.1  christos 
    395      1.1  christos static hashval_t
    396      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
    397      1.1  christos {
    398      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr;
    399      1.1  christos   return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index);
    400      1.1  christos }
    401      1.1  christos 
    402      1.1  christos /* Compare local hash entries.  */
    403      1.1  christos 
    404      1.1  christos static int
    405      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
    406      1.1  christos {
    407      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1;
    408      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2;
    409      1.1  christos 
    410      1.1  christos   return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index;
    411      1.1  christos }
    412      1.1  christos 
    413      1.1  christos /* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol.  */
    414      1.1  christos static struct elf_link_hash_entry *
    415      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_get_local_sym_hash (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab,
    416      1.1  christos 				    bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
    417      1.1  christos 				    bool create)
    418      1.1  christos {
    419      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry e, *ret;
    420      1.1  christos   asection *sec = abfd->sections;
    421      1.1  christos   hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id, ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info));
    422      1.1  christos   void **slot;
    423      1.1  christos 
    424      1.1  christos   e.elf.indx = sec->id;
    425      1.1  christos   e.elf.dynstr_index = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
    426      1.1  christos   slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
    427      1.1  christos 				   create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
    428      1.1  christos 
    429      1.1  christos   if (!slot)
    430      1.1  christos     return NULL;
    431      1.1  christos 
    432      1.1  christos   if (*slot)
    433      1.1  christos     {
    434      1.1  christos       ret = (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
    435      1.1  christos       return &ret->elf;
    436      1.1  christos     }
    437      1.1  christos 
    438      1.1  christos   ret = ((struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry *)
    439      1.1  christos 	 objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory,
    440      1.1  christos 			 sizeof (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry)));
    441      1.1  christos   if (ret)
    442      1.1  christos     {
    443      1.1  christos       memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
    444      1.1  christos       ret->elf.indx = sec->id;
    445      1.1  christos       ret->elf.pointer_equality_needed = 0;
    446      1.1  christos       ret->elf.dynstr_index = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
    447      1.1  christos       ret->elf.dynindx = -1;
    448      1.1  christos       ret->elf.needs_plt = 0;
    449      1.1  christos       ret->elf.plt.refcount = -1;
    450      1.1  christos       ret->elf.got.refcount = -1;
    451      1.1  christos       ret->elf.def_dynamic = 0;
    452      1.1  christos       ret->elf.def_regular = 1;
    453      1.1  christos       ret->elf.ref_dynamic = 0; /* This should be always 0 for local.  */
    454      1.1  christos       ret->elf.ref_regular = 0;
    455      1.1  christos       ret->elf.forced_local = 1;
    456      1.1  christos       ret->elf.root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
    457      1.1  christos       *slot = ret;
    458      1.1  christos     }
    459      1.1  christos   return &ret->elf;
    460      1.1  christos }
    461      1.1  christos 
    462      1.1  christos /* Destroy an LoongArch elf linker hash table.  */
    463      1.1  christos 
    464      1.1  christos static void
    465      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
    466      1.1  christos {
    467      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
    468      1.1  christos   ret = (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
    469      1.1  christos 
    470      1.1  christos   if (ret->loc_hash_table)
    471      1.1  christos     htab_delete (ret->loc_hash_table);
    472      1.1  christos   if (ret->loc_hash_memory)
    473      1.1  christos     objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) ret->loc_hash_memory);
    474      1.1  christos 
    475      1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
    476      1.1  christos }
    477      1.1  christos 
    478      1.1  christos /* Create a LoongArch ELF linker hash table.  */
    479      1.1  christos 
    480      1.1  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    481      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    482      1.1  christos {
    483      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
    484      1.1  christos   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table);
    485      1.1  christos 
    486      1.1  christos   ret = (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
    487      1.1  christos   if (ret == NULL)
    488      1.1  christos     return NULL;
    489      1.1  christos 
    490      1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
    491      1.1  christos       (&ret->elf, abfd, link_hash_newfunc,
    492  1.1.1.3  christos        sizeof (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry)))
    493      1.1  christos     {
    494      1.1  christos       free (ret);
    495      1.1  christos       return NULL;
    496      1.1  christos     }
    497      1.1  christos 
    498      1.1  christos   ret->max_alignment = MINUS_ONE;
    499      1.1  christos 
    500      1.1  christos   ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024, elfNN_loongarch_local_htab_hash,
    501      1.1  christos 					 elfNN_loongarch_local_htab_eq, NULL);
    502      1.1  christos   ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
    503      1.1  christos   if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
    504      1.1  christos     {
    505      1.1  christos       elfNN_loongarch_link_hash_table_free (abfd);
    506      1.1  christos       return NULL;
    507      1.1  christos     }
    508      1.1  christos   ret->elf.root.hash_table_free = elfNN_loongarch_link_hash_table_free;
    509      1.1  christos 
    510      1.1  christos   return &ret->elf.root;
    511      1.1  christos }
    512      1.1  christos 
    513      1.1  christos /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
    514      1.1  christos    object file when linking.  */
    515      1.1  christos 
    516      1.1  christos static bool
    517      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
    518      1.1  christos {
    519      1.1  christos   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
    520      1.1  christos   flagword in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
    521      1.1  christos   flagword out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
    522      1.1  christos 
    523      1.1  christos   if (!is_loongarch_elf (ibfd) || !is_loongarch_elf (obfd))
    524      1.1  christos     return true;
    525      1.1  christos 
    526      1.1  christos   if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
    527      1.1  christos     {
    528      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of "
    529      1.1  christos 			    "the selected emulation:\n"
    530      1.1  christos 			    "  target emulation `%s' does not match `%s'"),
    531      1.1  christos 			  ibfd, bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd));
    532      1.1  christos       return false;
    533      1.1  christos     }
    534      1.1  christos 
    535      1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info))
    536      1.1  christos     return false;
    537      1.1  christos 
    538      1.1  christos   /* If the input BFD is not a dynamic object and it does not contain any
    539      1.1  christos      non-data sections, do not account its ABI.  For example, various
    540      1.1  christos      packages produces such data-only relocatable objects with
    541      1.1  christos      `ld -r -b binary` or `objcopy`, and these objects have zero e_flags.
    542      1.1  christos      But they are compatible with all ABIs.  */
    543      1.1  christos   if (!(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
    544      1.1  christos     {
    545      1.1  christos       asection *sec;
    546      1.1  christos       bool have_code_sections = false;
    547      1.1  christos       for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
    548      1.1  christos 	if ((bfd_section_flags (sec)
    549      1.1  christos 	     & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
    550      1.1  christos 	    == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
    551      1.1  christos 	  {
    552      1.1  christos 	    have_code_sections = true;
    553      1.1  christos 	    break;
    554      1.1  christos 	  }
    555      1.1  christos       if (!have_code_sections)
    556      1.1  christos 	return true;
    557      1.1  christos     }
    558      1.1  christos 
    559      1.1  christos   if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
    560      1.1  christos     {
    561      1.1  christos       elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
    562      1.1  christos       elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = in_flags;
    563      1.1  christos       return true;
    564      1.1  christos     }
    565      1.1  christos   else if (out_flags != in_flags)
    566      1.1  christos     {
    567      1.1  christos       if ((EF_LOONGARCH_IS_OBJ_V0 (out_flags)
    568      1.1  christos 	   && EF_LOONGARCH_IS_OBJ_V1 (in_flags))
    569      1.1  christos 	  || (EF_LOONGARCH_IS_OBJ_V0 (in_flags)
    570      1.1  christos 	      && EF_LOONGARCH_IS_OBJ_V1 (out_flags)))
    571      1.1  christos 	{
    572      1.1  christos 	  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_LOONGARCH_OBJABI_V1;
    573      1.1  christos 	  out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
    574      1.1  christos 	  in_flags = out_flags;
    575      1.1  christos 	}
    576      1.1  christos     }
    577      1.1  christos 
    578      1.1  christos   /* Disallow linking different ABIs.  */
    579      1.1  christos   /* Only check relocation version.
    580      1.1  christos      The obj_v0 is compatible with obj_v1.  */
    581      1.1  christos   if (EF_LOONGARCH_ABI(out_flags ^ in_flags) & EF_LOONGARCH_ABI_MASK)
    582      1.1  christos     {
    583      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: can't link different ABI object."), ibfd);
    584      1.1  christos       goto fail;
    585      1.1  christos     }
    586      1.1  christos 
    587      1.1  christos   return true;
    588      1.1  christos 
    589      1.1  christos  fail:
    590      1.1  christos   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    591      1.1  christos   return false;
    592      1.1  christos }
    593      1.1  christos 
    594      1.1  christos /* Create the .got section.  */
    595      1.1  christos 
    596      1.1  christos static bool
    597      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
    598      1.1  christos {
    599      1.1  christos   flagword flags;
    600      1.1  christos   char *name;
    601      1.1  christos   asection *s, *s_got;
    602      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    603      1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
    604      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
    605      1.1  christos 
    606      1.1  christos   /* This function may be called more than once.  */
    607      1.1  christos   if (htab->sgot != NULL)
    608      1.1  christos     return true;
    609      1.1  christos 
    610      1.1  christos   flags = bed->dynamic_sec_flags;
    611      1.1  christos   name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got";
    612      1.1  christos   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, flags | SEC_READONLY);
    613      1.1  christos 
    614      1.1  christos   if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->s->log_file_align))
    615      1.1  christos     return false;
    616      1.1  christos   htab->srelgot = s;
    617      1.1  christos 
    618      1.1  christos   s = s_got = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
    619      1.1  christos   if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->s->log_file_align))
    620      1.1  christos     return false;
    621      1.1  christos   htab->sgot = s;
    622      1.1  christos 
    623      1.1  christos   /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header.  */
    624      1.1  christos   s->size += bed->got_header_size;
    625      1.1  christos 
    626      1.1  christos   if (bed->want_got_plt)
    627      1.1  christos     {
    628      1.1  christos       s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt", flags);
    629      1.1  christos       if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->s->log_file_align))
    630      1.1  christos 	return false;
    631      1.1  christos       htab->sgotplt = s;
    632      1.1  christos 
    633      1.1  christos       /* Reserve room for the header.  */
    634      1.1  christos       s->size = GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE;
    635      1.1  christos     }
    636      1.1  christos 
    637      1.1  christos   if (bed->want_got_sym)
    638      1.1  christos     {
    639      1.1  christos       /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
    640      1.1  christos 	 section.  We don't do this in the linker script because we don't want
    641      1.1  christos 	 to define the symbol if we are not creating a global offset table.  */
    642      1.1  christos       h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s_got,
    643      1.1  christos 				       "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
    644      1.1  christos       elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
    645      1.1  christos       if (h == NULL)
    646      1.1  christos 	return false;
    647      1.1  christos     }
    648      1.1  christos   return true;
    649      1.1  christos }
    650      1.1  christos 
    651      1.1  christos /* Create .plt, .rela.plt, .got, .got.plt, .rela.got, .dynbss, and
    652      1.1  christos    .rela.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our
    653      1.1  christos    hash table.  */
    654      1.1  christos 
    655      1.1  christos static bool
    656      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
    657      1.1  christos {
    658      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
    659      1.1  christos 
    660      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
    661      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
    662      1.1  christos 
    663      1.1  christos   if (!loongarch_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
    664      1.1  christos     return false;
    665      1.1  christos 
    666      1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
    667      1.1  christos     return false;
    668      1.1  christos 
    669      1.1  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
    670      1.1  christos     htab->sdyntdata
    671      1.1  christos       = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".tdata.dyn",
    672      1.1  christos 					    SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
    673      1.1  christos 
    674      1.1  christos   if (!htab->elf.splt || !htab->elf.srelplt || !htab->elf.sdynbss
    675      1.1  christos       || (!bfd_link_pic (info) && (!htab->elf.srelbss || !htab->sdyntdata)))
    676      1.1  christos     abort ();
    677      1.1  christos 
    678      1.1  christos   return true;
    679      1.1  christos }
    680      1.1  christos 
    681      1.1  christos static bool
    682      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (bfd *abfd,
    683      1.1  christos 					    struct bfd_link_info *info,
    684      1.1  christos 					    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
    685      1.1  christos 					    unsigned long symndx,
    686      1.1  christos 					    char tls_type)
    687      1.1  christos {
    688      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
    689      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
    690      1.1  christos 
    691      1.1  christos   /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
    692      1.1  christos   if (elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) == NULL)
    693      1.1  christos     {
    694      1.1  christos       bfd_size_type size =
    695      1.1  christos 	symtab_hdr->sh_info * (sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof (tls_type));
    696      1.1  christos       if (!(elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size)))
    697      1.1  christos 	return false;
    698      1.1  christos       _bfd_loongarch_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) =
    699      1.1  christos 	(char *) (elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
    700      1.1  christos     }
    701      1.1  christos 
    702      1.1  christos   switch (tls_type)
    703      1.1  christos     {
    704      1.1  christos     case GOT_NORMAL:
    705      1.1  christos     case GOT_TLS_GD:
    706      1.1  christos     case GOT_TLS_IE:
    707  1.1.1.2  christos     case GOT_TLS_GDESC:
    708      1.1  christos       /* Need GOT.  */
    709      1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
    710      1.1  christos 	  && !loongarch_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
    711      1.1  christos 	return false;
    712      1.1  christos       if (h)
    713      1.1  christos 	{
    714      1.1  christos 	  if (h->got.refcount < 0)
    715      1.1  christos 	    h->got.refcount = 0;
    716      1.1  christos 	  h->got.refcount++;
    717      1.1  christos 	}
    718      1.1  christos       else
    719      1.1  christos 	elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd)[symndx]++;
    720      1.1  christos       break;
    721      1.1  christos     case GOT_TLS_LE:
    722      1.1  christos       /* No need for GOT.  */
    723      1.1  christos       break;
    724      1.1  christos     default:
    725      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("Internal error: unreachable."));
    726      1.1  christos       return false;
    727      1.1  christos     }
    728      1.1  christos 
    729      1.1  christos   char *new_tls_type = &_bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (abfd, h, symndx);
    730      1.1  christos   *new_tls_type |= tls_type;
    731  1.1.1.2  christos 
    732  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If a symbol is accessed by both IE and DESC, relax DESC to IE.  */
    733  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((*new_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (*new_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
    734  1.1.1.2  christos     *new_tls_type &= ~ (GOT_TLS_GDESC);
    735      1.1  christos   if ((*new_tls_type & GOT_NORMAL) && (*new_tls_type & ~GOT_NORMAL))
    736      1.1  christos     {
    737      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and "
    738      1.1  christos 			    "thread local symbol"),
    739      1.1  christos 			  abfd,
    740      1.1  christos 			  h ? h->root.root.string : "<local>");
    741      1.1  christos       return false;
    742      1.1  christos     }
    743      1.1  christos 
    744      1.1  christos   return true;
    745      1.1  christos }
    746      1.1  christos 
    747  1.1.1.2  christos static unsigned int
    748  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_reloc_got_type (unsigned int r_type)
    749  1.1.1.2  christos {
    750  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
    751  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    752  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
    753  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12:
    754  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD:
    755  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL:
    756  1.1.1.2  christos 	return GOT_TLS_GDESC;
    757  1.1.1.2  christos 
    758  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
    759  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12:
    760  1.1.1.2  christos 	return GOT_TLS_IE;
    761  1.1.1.2  christos 
    762  1.1.1.2  christos       default:
    763  1.1.1.2  christos 	break;
    764  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    765  1.1.1.2  christos   return GOT_UNKNOWN;
    766  1.1.1.2  christos }
    767  1.1.1.2  christos 
    768  1.1.1.2  christos /* Return true if tls type transition can be performed.  */
    769  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
    770  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_can_trans_tls (bfd *input_bfd,
    771  1.1.1.2  christos 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
    772  1.1.1.2  christos 			 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
    773  1.1.1.2  christos 			 unsigned int r_symndx,
    774  1.1.1.2  christos 			 unsigned int r_type)
    775  1.1.1.2  christos {
    776  1.1.1.2  christos   char symbol_tls_type;
    777  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int reloc_got_type;
    778  1.1.1.2  christos 
    779  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Only TLS DESC/IE in normal code mode will perform type
    780  1.1.1.2  christos      transition.  */
    781  1.1.1.2  christos   if (! IS_LOONGARCH_TLS_TRANS_RELOC (r_type))
    782  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
    783  1.1.1.2  christos 
    784  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Obtaining tls got type here may occur before
    785  1.1.1.2  christos      loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference, so it is necessary
    786  1.1.1.2  christos      to ensure that tls got type has been initialized, otherwise it
    787  1.1.1.2  christos      is set to GOT_UNKNOWN.  */
    788  1.1.1.2  christos   symbol_tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
    789  1.1.1.2  christos   if (_bfd_loongarch_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) || h)
    790  1.1.1.2  christos     symbol_tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (input_bfd, h, r_symndx);
    791  1.1.1.2  christos 
    792  1.1.1.2  christos   reloc_got_type = loongarch_reloc_got_type (r_type);
    793  1.1.1.2  christos 
    794  1.1.1.2  christos   if (symbol_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (reloc_got_type))
    795  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
    796  1.1.1.2  christos 
    797  1.1.1.2  christos   if (! bfd_link_executable (info))
    798  1.1.1.2  christos       return false;
    799  1.1.1.2  christos 
    800  1.1.1.2  christos   if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
    801  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
    802  1.1.1.2  christos 
    803  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
    804  1.1.1.2  christos }
    805  1.1.1.2  christos 
    806  1.1.1.2  christos /* The type of relocation that can be transitioned.  */
    807  1.1.1.2  christos static unsigned int
    808  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_tls_transition_without_check (struct bfd_link_info *info,
    809  1.1.1.2  christos 					unsigned int r_type,
    810  1.1.1.2  christos 					struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
    811  1.1.1.2  christos {
    812  1.1.1.2  christos   bool local_exec = bfd_link_executable (info)
    813  1.1.1.3  christos 		    && LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h);
    814  1.1.1.2  christos 
    815  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
    816  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    817  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
    818  1.1.1.2  christos 	return (local_exec
    819  1.1.1.2  christos 		? R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20
    820  1.1.1.2  christos 		: R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20);
    821  1.1.1.2  christos 
    822  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12:
    823  1.1.1.2  christos 	return (local_exec
    824  1.1.1.2  christos 		? R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12
    825  1.1.1.2  christos 		: R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12);
    826  1.1.1.2  christos 
    827  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD:
    828  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL:
    829  1.1.1.2  christos 	return R_LARCH_NONE;
    830  1.1.1.2  christos 
    831  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
    832  1.1.1.2  christos 	return local_exec ? R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20 : r_type;
    833  1.1.1.2  christos 
    834  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12:
    835  1.1.1.2  christos 	return local_exec ? R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12 : r_type;
    836  1.1.1.2  christos 
    837  1.1.1.2  christos       default:
    838  1.1.1.2  christos 	break;
    839  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    840  1.1.1.2  christos 
    841  1.1.1.2  christos   return r_type;
    842  1.1.1.2  christos }
    843  1.1.1.2  christos 
    844  1.1.1.2  christos static unsigned int
    845  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_tls_transition (bfd *input_bfd,
    846  1.1.1.2  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
    847  1.1.1.2  christos 			  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
    848  1.1.1.2  christos 			  unsigned int r_symndx,
    849  1.1.1.2  christos 			  unsigned int r_type)
    850  1.1.1.2  christos {
    851  1.1.1.2  christos   if (! loongarch_can_trans_tls (input_bfd, info, h, r_symndx, r_type))
    852  1.1.1.2  christos     return r_type;
    853  1.1.1.2  christos 
    854  1.1.1.2  christos   return loongarch_tls_transition_without_check (info, r_type, h);
    855  1.1.1.2  christos }
    856  1.1.1.2  christos 
    857      1.1  christos static bool
    858  1.1.1.3  christos bad_static_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
    859  1.1.1.3  christos 		  bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
    860  1.1.1.3  christos 		  asection *sec, unsigned r_type,
    861  1.1.1.3  christos 		  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
    862  1.1.1.2  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym)
    863  1.1.1.2  christos {
    864  1.1.1.2  christos   reloc_howto_type * r = loongarch_elf_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type);
    865  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *object;
    866  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *pic_opt;
    867  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *name = NULL;
    868  1.1.1.2  christos 
    869  1.1.1.3  christos   /* If this, the problem is we are referring an external symbol in
    870  1.1.1.3  christos      a way only working for local symbols, not PC-relative vs.
    871  1.1.1.3  christos 	 absolute.  */
    872  1.1.1.3  christos   bool bad_extern_access =
    873  1.1.1.3  christos     (bfd_link_pde (info)
    874  1.1.1.3  christos      || r_type == R_LARCH_PCREL20_S2
    875  1.1.1.3  christos      || r_type == R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20);
    876  1.1.1.3  christos 
    877  1.1.1.2  christos   if (h)
    878  1.1.1.2  christos     name = h->root.root.string;
    879  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (isym)
    880  1.1.1.2  christos     name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
    881  1.1.1.2  christos 					    elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_link,
    882  1.1.1.2  christos 					    isym->st_name);
    883  1.1.1.2  christos   if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
    884  1.1.1.3  christos     name = "<nameless>";
    885  1.1.1.3  christos 
    886  1.1.1.3  christos   if (bfd_link_dll (info))
    887  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    888  1.1.1.3  christos       object = _("a shared object");
    889  1.1.1.3  christos       pic_opt = "-fPIC";
    890  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    891  1.1.1.3  christos   else
    892  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    893  1.1.1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_pie (info))
    894  1.1.1.3  christos 	object = _("a PIE object");
    895  1.1.1.3  christos       else
    896  1.1.1.3  christos 	object = _("a PDE object");
    897  1.1.1.3  christos 
    898  1.1.1.3  christos       pic_opt = bad_extern_access ? "-mno-direct-extern-access" : "-fPIE";
    899  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    900  1.1.1.2  christos 
    901  1.1.1.2  christos   (*_bfd_error_handler)
    902  1.1.1.2  christos    (_("%pB:(%pA+%#lx): relocation %s against `%s` can not be used when making "
    903  1.1.1.3  christos       "%s; recompile with %s%s"),
    904  1.1.1.3  christos     abfd, sec, (long) rel->r_offset, r ? r->name : _("<unknown>"), name,
    905  1.1.1.3  christos     object, pic_opt,
    906  1.1.1.3  christos     bad_extern_access ? _(" and check the symbol visibility") : "");
    907  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    908  1.1.1.2  christos   return false;
    909  1.1.1.2  christos }
    910  1.1.1.2  christos 
    911  1.1.1.3  christos /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
    912  1.1.1.3  christos    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
    913  1.1.1.3  christos    table.  */
    914  1.1.1.3  christos 
    915  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
    916      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
    917      1.1  christos 			    asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
    918      1.1  christos {
    919      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
    920      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    921      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
    922      1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
    923      1.1  christos   asection *sreloc = NULL;
    924      1.1  christos 
    925      1.1  christos   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
    926      1.1  christos     return true;
    927      1.1  christos 
    928      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
    929      1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
    930      1.1  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
    931      1.1  christos 
    932      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
    933      1.1  christos     htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
    934      1.1  christos 
    935      1.1  christos   for (rel = relocs; rel < relocs + sec->reloc_count; rel++)
    936      1.1  christos     {
    937      1.1  christos       unsigned int r_type;
    938      1.1  christos       unsigned int r_symndx;
    939      1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    940  1.1.1.3  christos       bool is_abs_symbol = false;
    941      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = NULL;
    942      1.1  christos 
    943      1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
    944      1.1  christos       r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
    945      1.1  christos 
    946      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
    947      1.1  christos 	{
    948      1.1  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: bad symbol index: %d"), abfd, r_symndx);
    949      1.1  christos 	  return false;
    950      1.1  christos 	}
    951      1.1  christos 
    952      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    953      1.1  christos 	{
    954      1.1  christos 	  /* A local symbol.  */
    955      1.1  christos 	  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx);
    956      1.1  christos 	  if (isym == NULL)
    957      1.1  christos 	    return false;
    958      1.1  christos 
    959  1.1.1.3  christos 	  is_abs_symbol = isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS;
    960      1.1  christos 	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
    961      1.1  christos 	    {
    962      1.1  christos 	      h = elfNN_loongarch_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel, true);
    963      1.1  christos 	      if (h == NULL)
    964      1.1  christos 		return false;
    965      1.1  christos 
    966      1.1  christos 	      h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
    967      1.1  christos 	      h->ref_regular = 1;
    968      1.1  christos 	    }
    969      1.1  christos 	  else
    970      1.1  christos 	    h = NULL;
    971      1.1  christos 	}
    972      1.1  christos       else
    973      1.1  christos 	{
    974      1.1  christos 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
    975      1.1  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
    976      1.1  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
    977      1.1  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
    978  1.1.1.3  christos 	  is_abs_symbol = bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root);
    979      1.1  christos 	}
    980      1.1  christos 
    981      1.1  christos       /* It is referenced by a non-shared object.  */
    982      1.1  christos       if (h != NULL)
    983      1.1  christos 	h->ref_regular = 1;
    984      1.1  christos 
    985      1.1  christos       if (h && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
    986      1.1  christos 	{
    987      1.1  christos 	  if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
    988      1.1  christos 	    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
    989      1.1  christos 
    990      1.1  christos 	  /* Create 'irelifunc' in PIC object.  */
    991      1.1  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
    992      1.1  christos 	      && !_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
    993      1.1  christos 	    return false;
    994      1.1  christos 	  /* If '.plt' not represent, create '.iplt' to deal with ifunc.  */
    995      1.1  christos 	  else if (!htab->elf.splt
    996      1.1  christos 		   && !_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
    997      1.1  christos 	    return false;
    998      1.1  christos 	  /* Create the ifunc sections, iplt and ipltgot, for static
    999      1.1  christos 	     executables.  */
   1000      1.1  christos 	  if ((r_type == R_LARCH_64 || r_type == R_LARCH_32)
   1001      1.1  christos 	      && !_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
   1002      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1003      1.1  christos 
   1004      1.1  christos 	  if (h->plt.refcount < 0)
   1005      1.1  christos 	    h->plt.refcount = 0;
   1006      1.1  christos 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   1007      1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   1008      1.1  christos 
   1009      1.1  christos 	  elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_osabi |= elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc;
   1010      1.1  christos 	}
   1011      1.1  christos 
   1012      1.1  christos       int need_dynreloc = 0;
   1013      1.1  christos       int only_need_pcrel = 0;
   1014      1.1  christos 
   1015  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Type transitions are only possible with relocations accompanied
   1016  1.1.1.2  christos 	 by R_LARCH_RELAX.  */
   1017  1.1.1.2  christos       if (rel + 1 != relocs + sec->reloc_count
   1018  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_LARCH_RELAX)
   1019  1.1.1.2  christos 	r_type = loongarch_tls_transition (abfd, info, h, r_symndx, r_type);
   1020  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1021  1.1.1.3  christos       /* I don't want to spend time supporting DT_RELR with old object
   1022  1.1.1.3  christos 	 files doing stack-based relocs.  */
   1023  1.1.1.3  christos       if (info->enable_dt_relr
   1024  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && r_type >= R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PCREL
   1025  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && r_type <= R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_U)
   1026  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1027  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* xgettext:c-format */
   1028  1.1.1.3  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: stack based reloc type (%u) is not "
   1029  1.1.1.3  christos 				"supported with -z pack-relative-relocs"),
   1030  1.1.1.3  christos 			      abfd, r_type);
   1031  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return false;
   1032  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   1033  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1034      1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   1035      1.1  christos 	{
   1036      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20:
   1037      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_HI20:
   1038      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_GPREL:
   1039      1.1  christos 	  /* For la.global.  */
   1040      1.1  christos 	  if (h)
   1041      1.1  christos 	    h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
   1042      1.1  christos 	  if (!loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (abfd, info, h,
   1043      1.1  christos 							   r_symndx,
   1044      1.1  christos 							   GOT_NORMAL))
   1045      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1046      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1047      1.1  christos 
   1048      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20:
   1049      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_HI20:
   1050      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20:
   1051      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_HI20:
   1052      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GD:
   1053      1.1  christos 	  if (!loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (abfd, info, h,
   1054      1.1  christos 							   r_symndx,
   1055      1.1  christos 							   GOT_TLS_GD))
   1056      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1057      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1058      1.1  christos 
   1059      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
   1060      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_HI20:
   1061      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GOT:
   1062      1.1  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1063      1.1  christos 	    /* May fail for lazy-bind.  */
   1064      1.1  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   1065      1.1  christos 
   1066      1.1  christos 	  if (!loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (abfd, info, h,
   1067      1.1  christos 							   r_symndx,
   1068      1.1  christos 							   GOT_TLS_IE))
   1069      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1070      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1071      1.1  christos 
   1072      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20:
   1073  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20_R:
   1074      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_TPREL:
   1075      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
   1076  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return bad_static_reloc (info, abfd, rel, sec, r_type, h, isym);
   1077      1.1  christos 
   1078      1.1  christos 	  if (!loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (abfd, info, h,
   1079      1.1  christos 							   r_symndx,
   1080      1.1  christos 							   GOT_TLS_LE))
   1081      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1082      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1083      1.1  christos 
   1084  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
   1085  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_HI20:
   1086  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (abfd, info, h,
   1087  1.1.1.2  christos 							   r_symndx,
   1088  1.1.1.2  christos 							   GOT_TLS_GDESC))
   1089  1.1.1.2  christos 	    return false;
   1090  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1091  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1092      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ABS_HI20:
   1093  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1094  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return bad_static_reloc (info, abfd, rel, sec, r_type, h, isym);
   1095  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1096  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1097  1.1.1.3  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_ABSOLUTE:
   1098      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   1099      1.1  christos 	    /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
   1100      1.1  christos 	       need a copy reloc.  We can't check reliably at this
   1101      1.1  christos 	       stage whether the section is read-only, as input
   1102      1.1  christos 	       sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
   1103      1.1  christos 	       Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
   1104      1.1  christos 	       adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
   1105      1.1  christos 	    h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1106      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1107      1.1  christos 
   1108  1.1.1.3  christos 	/* Since shared library global symbols interpose, any
   1109  1.1.1.3  christos 	   PC-relative relocations against external symbols
   1110  1.1.1.3  christos 	   should not be used to build shared libraries.
   1111  1.1.1.3  christos 	   In static PIE undefined weak symbols may be allowed
   1112  1.1.1.3  christos 	   by rewriting pcaddi to addi.w if addend is in [-2048, 2048).  */
   1113  1.1.1.3  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCREL20_S2:
   1114  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1115  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1116  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
   1117  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && ! LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h)
   1118  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && (!info->nointerp
   1119  1.1.1.3  christos 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   1120  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return bad_static_reloc (info, abfd, rel, sec, r_type, h, NULL);
   1121  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1122  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   1123  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1124  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* For normal cmodel, pcalau12i + addi.d/w used to data.
   1125  1.1.1.2  christos 	   For first version medium cmodel, pcalau12i + jirl are used to
   1126  1.1.1.2  christos 	   function call, it need to creat PLT entry for STT_FUNC and
   1127  1.1.1.2  christos 	   STT_GNU_IFUNC type symbol.  */
   1128      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20:
   1129  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL && (STT_FUNC == h->type || STT_GNU_IFUNC == h->type))
   1130      1.1  christos 	    {
   1131      1.1  christos 	      /* For pcalau12i + jirl.  */
   1132      1.1  christos 	      h->needs_plt = 1;
   1133      1.1  christos 	      if (h->plt.refcount < 0)
   1134      1.1  christos 		h->plt.refcount = 0;
   1135      1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   1136      1.1  christos 
   1137      1.1  christos 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1138      1.1  christos 	      h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
   1139      1.1  christos 	    }
   1140      1.1  christos 
   1141  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* PC-relative relocations are allowed For first version
   1142  1.1.1.3  christos 	     medium cmodel function call.  Those against undefined
   1143  1.1.1.3  christos 	     weak symbol are allowed for static PIE by rewritting
   1144  1.1.1.3  christos 	     pcalau12i to lu12i.w.  */
   1145  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (h != NULL && !h->needs_plt
   1146  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && bfd_link_pic (info)
   1147  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1148  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
   1149  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && ! LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h)
   1150  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && (!info->nointerp
   1151  1.1.1.3  christos 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   1152  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return bad_static_reloc (info, abfd, rel, sec, r_type, h, NULL);
   1153  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1154      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1155      1.1  christos 
   1156      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_B16:
   1157  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_B21:
   1158      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_B26:
   1159  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_CALL36:
   1160      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   1161      1.1  christos 	    {
   1162      1.1  christos 	      h->needs_plt = 1;
   1163      1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   1164      1.1  christos 		h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1165      1.1  christos 
   1166      1.1  christos 	      /* We try to create PLT stub for all non-local function.  */
   1167      1.1  christos 	      if (h->plt.refcount < 0)
   1168      1.1  christos 		h->plt.refcount = 0;
   1169      1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   1170      1.1  christos 	    }
   1171      1.1  christos 
   1172      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1173      1.1  christos 
   1174      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PCREL:
   1175      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   1176      1.1  christos 	    {
   1177      1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   1178      1.1  christos 		h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1179      1.1  christos 
   1180      1.1  christos 	      /* We try to create PLT stub for all non-local function.  */
   1181      1.1  christos 	      if (h->plt.refcount < 0)
   1182      1.1  christos 		h->plt.refcount = 0;
   1183      1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   1184      1.1  christos 	      h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
   1185      1.1  christos 	    }
   1186      1.1  christos 
   1187      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1188      1.1  christos 
   1189      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PLT_PCREL:
   1190      1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   1191      1.1  christos 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   1192      1.1  christos 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code without
   1193      1.1  christos 	     linking in any dynamic objects, in which case we don't
   1194      1.1  christos 	     need to generate a procedure linkage table after all.  */
   1195      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   1196      1.1  christos 	    {
   1197      1.1  christos 	      h->needs_plt = 1;
   1198      1.1  christos 	      if (h->plt.refcount < 0)
   1199      1.1  christos 		h->plt.refcount = 0;
   1200      1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   1201      1.1  christos 	    }
   1202      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1203      1.1  christos 
   1204      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL32:
   1205      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL64:
   1206      1.1  christos 	  need_dynreloc = 1;
   1207      1.1  christos 	  only_need_pcrel = 1;
   1208      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1209      1.1  christos 
   1210      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_32:
   1211  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (ARCH_SIZE > 32
   1212  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && bfd_link_pic (info)
   1213  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   1214  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   1215  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (!is_abs_symbol)
   1216  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   1217  1.1.1.3  christos 		  _bfd_error_handler
   1218  1.1.1.3  christos 		    (_("%pB: relocation R_LARCH_32 against non-absolute "
   1219  1.1.1.3  christos 		       "symbol `%s' cannot be used in ELFCLASS64 when "
   1220  1.1.1.3  christos 		       "making a shared object or PIE"),
   1221  1.1.1.3  christos 		     abfd, h ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
   1222  1.1.1.3  christos 		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1223  1.1.1.3  christos 		  return false;
   1224  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1225  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   1226  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1227  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1228  1.1.1.3  christos 	case R_LARCH_JUMP_SLOT:
   1229      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_64:
   1230      1.1  christos 
   1231  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Resolved to const.  */
   1232  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (is_abs_symbol)
   1233  1.1.1.3  christos 	    break;
   1234  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1235      1.1  christos 	  need_dynreloc = 1;
   1236      1.1  christos 
   1237      1.1  christos 	  /* If resolved symbol is defined in this object,
   1238      1.1  christos 	     1. Under pie, the symbol is known.  We convert it
   1239      1.1  christos 	     into R_LARCH_RELATIVE and need load-addr still.
   1240      1.1  christos 	     2. Under pde, the symbol is known and we can discard R_LARCH_NN.
   1241      1.1  christos 	     3. Under dll, R_LARCH_NN can't be changed normally, since
   1242      1.1  christos 	     its defination could be covered by the one in executable.
   1243      1.1  christos 	     For symbolic, we convert it into R_LARCH_RELATIVE.
   1244      1.1  christos 	     Thus, only under pde, it needs pcrel only.  We discard it.  */
   1245      1.1  christos 	  only_need_pcrel = bfd_link_pde (info);
   1246      1.1  christos 
   1247      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   1248      1.1  christos 	      && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1249      1.1  christos 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
   1250      1.1  christos 	    {
   1251      1.1  christos 	      /* This reloc might not bind locally.  */
   1252      1.1  christos 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1253      1.1  christos 	      h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
   1254      1.1  christos 
   1255      1.1  christos 	      if (!h->def_regular
   1256      1.1  christos 		  || (sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY)) != 0)
   1257      1.1  christos 		{
   1258      1.1  christos 		  /* We may need a .plt entry if the symbol is a function
   1259      1.1  christos 		     defined in a shared lib or is a function referenced
   1260      1.1  christos 		     from the code or read-only section.  */
   1261      1.1  christos 		  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   1262      1.1  christos 		}
   1263      1.1  christos 	    }
   1264      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1265      1.1  christos 
   1266      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   1267      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   1268      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1269      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1270      1.1  christos 
   1271      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   1272      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   1273      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1274      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1275      1.1  christos 
   1276  1.1.1.3  christos 	case R_LARCH_ALIGN:
   1277  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Check against irrational R_LARCH_ALIGN relocs which may cause
   1278  1.1.1.3  christos 	     removing an odd number of bytes and disrupt DT_RELR.  */
   1279  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (rel->r_offset % 4 != 0)
   1280  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   1281  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* xgettext:c-format */
   1282  1.1.1.3  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler (
   1283  1.1.1.3  christos 		_("%pB: R_LARCH_ALIGN with offset %" PRId64 " not aligned "
   1284  1.1.1.3  christos 		  "to instruction boundary"),
   1285  1.1.1.3  christos 		abfd, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset);
   1286  1.1.1.3  christos 	      return false;
   1287  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   1288  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   1289  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1290      1.1  christos 	default:
   1291      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1292      1.1  christos 	}
   1293      1.1  christos 
   1294      1.1  christos       /* Record some info for sizing and allocating dynamic entry.  */
   1295      1.1  christos       if (need_dynreloc && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC))
   1296      1.1  christos 	{
   1297      1.1  christos 	  /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   1298      1.1  christos 	     relocs into the output file.  We create a reloc
   1299      1.1  christos 	     section in dynobj and make room for the reloc.  */
   1300      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1301      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
   1302      1.1  christos 
   1303      1.1  christos 	  if (sreloc == NULL)
   1304      1.1  christos 	    {
   1305      1.1  christos 	      sreloc
   1306      1.1  christos 		= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (sec, htab->elf.dynobj,
   1307      1.1  christos 						       LARCH_ELF_LOG_WORD_BYTES,
   1308      1.1  christos 						       abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
   1309      1.1  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   1310      1.1  christos 		return false;
   1311      1.1  christos 	    }
   1312      1.1  christos 
   1313      1.1  christos 	  /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
   1314      1.1  christos 	     relocations we need for this symbol.  */
   1315      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   1316      1.1  christos 	    head = &h->dyn_relocs;
   1317      1.1  christos 	  else
   1318      1.1  christos 	    {
   1319      1.1  christos 	      /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
   1320      1.1  christos 		 We really need local syms available to do this
   1321      1.1  christos 		 easily.  Oh well.  */
   1322      1.1  christos 
   1323      1.1  christos 	      asection *s;
   1324      1.1  christos 	      void *vpp;
   1325      1.1  christos 
   1326      1.1  christos 	      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   1327      1.1  christos 	      if (s == NULL)
   1328      1.1  christos 		s = sec;
   1329      1.1  christos 
   1330      1.1  christos 	      vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   1331      1.1  christos 	      head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
   1332      1.1  christos 	    }
   1333      1.1  christos 
   1334      1.1  christos 	  p = *head;
   1335      1.1  christos 	  if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
   1336      1.1  christos 	    {
   1337      1.1  christos 	      bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
   1338      1.1  christos 	      p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, amt);
   1339      1.1  christos 	      if (p == NULL)
   1340      1.1  christos 		return false;
   1341      1.1  christos 	      p->next = *head;
   1342      1.1  christos 	      *head = p;
   1343      1.1  christos 	      p->sec = sec;
   1344      1.1  christos 	      p->count = 0;
   1345      1.1  christos 	      p->pc_count = 0;
   1346      1.1  christos 	    }
   1347      1.1  christos 
   1348      1.1  christos 	  p->count++;
   1349      1.1  christos 	  p->pc_count += only_need_pcrel;
   1350      1.1  christos 	}
   1351      1.1  christos     }
   1352      1.1  christos 
   1353      1.1  christos   return true;
   1354      1.1  christos }
   1355      1.1  christos 
   1356      1.1  christos /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections.  */
   1357      1.1  christos 
   1358      1.1  christos static asection *
   1359      1.1  christos readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   1360      1.1  christos {
   1361      1.1  christos   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1362      1.1  christos 
   1363      1.1  christos   for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   1364      1.1  christos     {
   1365      1.1  christos       asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
   1366      1.1  christos 
   1367      1.1  christos       if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   1368      1.1  christos 	return p->sec;
   1369      1.1  christos     }
   1370      1.1  christos   return NULL;
   1371      1.1  christos }
   1372      1.1  christos 
   1373      1.1  christos /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   1374      1.1  christos    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   1375      1.1  christos    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   1376      1.1  christos    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   1377      1.1  christos    understand.  */
   1378      1.1  christos static bool
   1379      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1380      1.1  christos 				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   1381      1.1  christos {
   1382      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1383      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   1384      1.1  christos 
   1385      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   1386      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   1387      1.1  christos 
   1388      1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
   1389      1.1  christos 
   1390      1.1  christos   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   1391      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   1392  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (h->needs_plt
   1393  1.1.1.2  christos 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   1394  1.1.1.2  christos 		  || h->is_weakalias
   1395  1.1.1.2  christos 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   1396  1.1.1.2  christos 		      && h->ref_regular
   1397  1.1.1.2  christos 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   1398      1.1  christos 
   1399      1.1  christos   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   1400      1.1  christos      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later
   1401      1.1  christos      (although we could actually do it here).  */
   1402      1.1  christos   if (h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC || h->needs_plt)
   1403      1.1  christos     {
   1404  1.1.1.2  christos       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
   1405      1.1  christos 	  || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
   1406  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && (LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h)
   1407      1.1  christos 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   1408      1.1  christos 		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
   1409      1.1  christos 	{
   1410      1.1  christos 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PLT_PCREL reloc
   1411      1.1  christos 	     in an input file, but the symbol was never referred to by a
   1412      1.1  christos 	     dynamic object, or if all references were garbage collected.
   1413      1.1  christos 	     In such a case, we don't actually need to build a PLT entry.  */
   1414      1.1  christos 	  h->plt.offset = MINUS_ONE;
   1415      1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   1416      1.1  christos 	}
   1417      1.1  christos 
   1418      1.1  christos       return true;
   1419      1.1  christos     }
   1420      1.1  christos   else
   1421      1.1  christos     h->plt.offset = MINUS_ONE;
   1422      1.1  christos 
   1423      1.1  christos   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   1424      1.1  christos      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   1425      1.1  christos      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   1426      1.1  christos   if (h->is_weakalias)
   1427      1.1  christos     {
   1428      1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
   1429      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   1430      1.1  christos       h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
   1431      1.1  christos       h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
   1432      1.1  christos       return true;
   1433      1.1  christos     }
   1434      1.1  christos 
   1435      1.1  christos   /* R_LARCH_COPY is not adept glibc, not to generate.  */
   1436      1.1  christos   /* Can not print anything, because make check ld.  */
   1437      1.1  christos   return true;
   1438      1.1  christos }
   1439      1.1  christos 
   1440      1.1  christos /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   1441      1.1  christos    dynamic relocs.  */
   1442      1.1  christos 
   1443      1.1  christos static bool
   1444      1.1  christos allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
   1445      1.1  christos {
   1446      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1447      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1448      1.1  christos   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1449      1.1  christos 
   1450      1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1451      1.1  christos     return true;
   1452      1.1  christos 
   1453      1.1  christos   if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   1454      1.1  christos       && h->def_regular)
   1455      1.1  christos     return true;
   1456      1.1  christos 
   1457      1.1  christos   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   1458      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   1459      1.1  christos   bool dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
   1460      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   1461      1.1  christos 
   1462      1.1  christos   do
   1463      1.1  christos     {
   1464      1.1  christos       asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt;
   1465      1.1  christos 
   1466      1.1  christos       if (!h->needs_plt)
   1467      1.1  christos 	break;
   1468      1.1  christos 
   1469      1.1  christos       h->needs_plt = 0;
   1470      1.1  christos 
   1471      1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.splt)
   1472      1.1  christos 	{
   1473      1.1  christos 	  if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local && dyn
   1474      1.1  christos 	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   1475      1.1  christos 	    {
   1476      1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   1477      1.1  christos 		return false;
   1478      1.1  christos 	    }
   1479      1.1  christos 
   1480      1.1  christos 	  if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, bfd_link_pic (info), h)
   1481      1.1  christos 	      && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   1482      1.1  christos 	    break;
   1483      1.1  christos 
   1484      1.1  christos 	  plt = htab->elf.splt;
   1485      1.1  christos 	  gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
   1486      1.1  christos 	  relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
   1487      1.1  christos 	}
   1488      1.1  christos       else if (htab->elf.iplt)
   1489      1.1  christos 	{
   1490      1.1  christos 	  /* .iplt only for IFUNC.  */
   1491      1.1  christos 	  if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   1492      1.1  christos 	    break;
   1493      1.1  christos 
   1494      1.1  christos 	  plt = htab->elf.iplt;
   1495      1.1  christos 	  gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
   1496      1.1  christos 	  relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
   1497      1.1  christos 	}
   1498      1.1  christos       else
   1499      1.1  christos 	break;
   1500      1.1  christos 
   1501      1.1  christos       if (plt->size == 0)
   1502      1.1  christos 	plt->size = PLT_HEADER_SIZE;
   1503      1.1  christos 
   1504      1.1  christos       h->plt.offset = plt->size;
   1505      1.1  christos       plt->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1506      1.1  christos       gotplt->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1507      1.1  christos       relplt->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1508      1.1  christos 
   1509      1.1  christos       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   1510      1.1  christos 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   1511      1.1  christos 	 location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   1512      1.1  christos 	 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   1513      1.1  christos 	 the shared library.  */
   1514      1.1  christos       if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1515      1.1  christos 	  && !h->def_regular)
   1516      1.1  christos 	{
   1517      1.1  christos 	  h->root.u.def.section = plt;
   1518      1.1  christos 	  h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
   1519      1.1  christos 	}
   1520      1.1  christos 
   1521      1.1  christos       h->needs_plt = 1;
   1522      1.1  christos     }
   1523      1.1  christos   while (0);
   1524      1.1  christos 
   1525      1.1  christos   if (!h->needs_plt)
   1526      1.1  christos     h->plt.offset = MINUS_ONE;
   1527      1.1  christos 
   1528      1.1  christos   if (0 < h->got.refcount)
   1529      1.1  christos     {
   1530      1.1  christos       asection *s;
   1531      1.1  christos       int tls_type = loongarch_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type;
   1532      1.1  christos 
   1533      1.1  christos       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   1534      1.1  christos 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   1535      1.1  christos       if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local && dyn
   1536      1.1  christos 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   1537      1.1  christos 	{
   1538      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   1539      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1540      1.1  christos 	}
   1541      1.1  christos 
   1542      1.1  christos       s = htab->elf.sgot;
   1543      1.1  christos       h->got.offset = s->size;
   1544  1.1.1.2  christos       if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
   1545      1.1  christos 	{
   1546  1.1.1.2  christos 	  int indx = 0;
   1547  1.1.1.2  christos 	  bool need_reloc = false;
   1548  1.1.1.2  christos 	  LARCH_TLS_GD_IE_NEED_DYN_RELOC (info, dyn, h, indx,
   1549  1.1.1.2  christos 					need_reloc);
   1550      1.1  christos 	  /* TLS_GD needs two dynamic relocs and two GOT slots.  */
   1551      1.1  christos 	  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   1552      1.1  christos 	    {
   1553      1.1  christos 	      s->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1554  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (need_reloc)
   1555  1.1.1.2  christos 		htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1556      1.1  christos 	    }
   1557      1.1  christos 
   1558      1.1  christos 	  /* TLS_IE needs one dynamic reloc and one GOT slot.  */
   1559      1.1  christos 	  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
   1560      1.1  christos 	    {
   1561      1.1  christos 	      s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1562  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (need_reloc)
   1563  1.1.1.3  christos 		htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1564  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1565      1.1  christos 
   1566  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* TLS_DESC needs one dynamic reloc and two GOT slot.  */
   1567  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
   1568  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1569  1.1.1.2  christos 	      s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 2;
   1570  1.1.1.2  christos 	      htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1571      1.1  christos 	    }
   1572      1.1  christos 	}
   1573  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1574      1.1  christos       else
   1575      1.1  christos 	{
   1576      1.1  christos 	  s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1577      1.1  christos 	  if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   1578      1.1  christos 	       || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   1579      1.1  christos 	      && (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1580      1.1  christos 		  || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info),
   1581      1.1  christos 						      h))
   1582      1.1  christos 	      && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
   1583      1.1  christos 	      /* Undefined weak symbol in static PIE resolves to 0 without
   1584      1.1  christos 		 any dynamic relocations.  */
   1585      1.1  christos 	    htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1586      1.1  christos 	}
   1587      1.1  christos     }
   1588      1.1  christos   else
   1589      1.1  christos     h->got.offset = MINUS_ONE;
   1590      1.1  christos 
   1591      1.1  christos   if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
   1592      1.1  christos     return true;
   1593      1.1  christos 
   1594      1.1  christos   /* Extra dynamic relocate,
   1595      1.1  christos    * R_LARCH_64
   1596      1.1  christos    * R_LARCH_TLS_DTPRELNN
   1597      1.1  christos    * R_LARCH_JUMP_SLOT
   1598      1.1  christos    * R_LARCH_NN.  */
   1599      1.1  christos 
   1600      1.1  christos   if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   1601      1.1  christos     {
   1602      1.1  christos       struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   1603      1.1  christos 
   1604      1.1  christos       for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL;)
   1605      1.1  christos 	{
   1606      1.1  christos 	  p->count -= p->pc_count;
   1607      1.1  christos 	  p->pc_count = 0;
   1608      1.1  christos 	  if (p->count == 0)
   1609      1.1  christos 	    *pp = p->next;
   1610      1.1  christos 	  else
   1611      1.1  christos 	    pp = &p->next;
   1612      1.1  christos 	}
   1613      1.1  christos     }
   1614      1.1  christos 
   1615      1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   1616      1.1  christos     {
   1617      1.1  christos       if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)
   1618      1.1  christos 	  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   1619      1.1  christos 	  || (!bfd_link_pic (info) && h->non_got_ref))
   1620      1.1  christos 	h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1621      1.1  christos       else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
   1622      1.1  christos 	{
   1623      1.1  christos 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   1624      1.1  christos 	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   1625      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   1626      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1627      1.1  christos 
   1628      1.1  christos 	  if (h->dynindx == -1)
   1629      1.1  christos 	    h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1630      1.1  christos 	}
   1631      1.1  christos     }
   1632      1.1  christos 
   1633      1.1  christos   for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   1634      1.1  christos     {
   1635  1.1.1.2  christos       if (discarded_section (p->sec))
   1636  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   1637      1.1  christos       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   1638      1.1  christos       sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1639      1.1  christos     }
   1640      1.1  christos 
   1641      1.1  christos   return true;
   1642      1.1  christos }
   1643      1.1  christos 
   1644      1.1  christos /* A modified version of _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs.
   1645      1.1  christos    For local def and ref ifunc,
   1646      1.1  christos    dynamic relocations are stored in
   1647      1.1  christos    1.  rela.srelgot section in dynamic object (dll or exec).
   1648      1.1  christos    2.  rela.irelplt section in static executable.
   1649      1.1  christos    Unlike _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs, rela.srelgot is used
   1650      1.1  christos    instead of rela.srelplt.  Glibc ELF loader will not support
   1651      1.1  christos    R_LARCH_IRELATIVE relocation in rela.plt.  */
   1652      1.1  christos 
   1653      1.1  christos static bool
   1654      1.1  christos local_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1655      1.1  christos 				    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1656      1.1  christos 				    struct elf_dyn_relocs **head,
   1657      1.1  christos 				    unsigned int plt_entry_size,
   1658      1.1  christos 				    unsigned int plt_header_size,
   1659      1.1  christos 				    unsigned int got_entry_size,
   1660      1.1  christos 				    bool avoid_plt)
   1661      1.1  christos {
   1662      1.1  christos   asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt;
   1663      1.1  christos   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1664      1.1  christos   unsigned int sizeof_reloc;
   1665      1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
   1666      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1667      1.1  christos   /* If AVOID_PLT is TRUE, don't use PLT if possible.  */
   1668      1.1  christos   bool use_plt = !avoid_plt || h->plt.refcount > 0;
   1669      1.1  christos   bool need_dynreloc = !use_plt || bfd_link_pic (info);
   1670      1.1  christos 
   1671      1.1  christos   /* When a PIC object references a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol defined
   1672      1.1  christos      in executable or it isn't referenced via PLT, the address of
   1673      1.1  christos      the resolved function may be used.  But in non-PIC executable,
   1674      1.1  christos      the address of its plt slot may be used.  Pointer equality may
   1675      1.1  christos      not work correctly.  PIE or non-PLT reference should be used if
   1676      1.1  christos      pointer equality is required here.
   1677      1.1  christos 
   1678      1.1  christos      If STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is defined in position-dependent executable,
   1679      1.1  christos      backend should change it to the normal function and set its address
   1680      1.1  christos      to its PLT entry which should be resolved by R_*_IRELATIVE at
   1681      1.1  christos      run-time.  All external references should be resolved to its PLT in
   1682      1.1  christos      executable.  */
   1683      1.1  christos   if (!need_dynreloc
   1684      1.1  christos       && !(bfd_link_pde (info) && h->def_regular)
   1685      1.1  christos       && (h->dynindx != -1
   1686      1.1  christos 	  || info->export_dynamic)
   1687      1.1  christos       && h->pointer_equality_needed)
   1688      1.1  christos     {
   1689      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->einfo
   1690      1.1  christos 	/* xgettext:c-format.  */
   1691      1.1  christos 	(_("%F%P: dynamic STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol `%s' with pointer "
   1692      1.1  christos 	   "equality in `%pB' can not be used when making an "
   1693      1.1  christos 	   "executable; recompile with -fPIE and relink with -pie\n"),
   1694      1.1  christos 	 h->root.root.string,
   1695      1.1  christos 	 h->root.u.def.section->owner);
   1696      1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1697      1.1  christos       return false;
   1698      1.1  christos     }
   1699      1.1  christos 
   1700      1.1  christos   htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   1701      1.1  christos 
   1702      1.1  christos   /* When the symbol is marked with regular reference, if PLT isn't used
   1703      1.1  christos      or we are building a PIC object, we must keep dynamic relocation
   1704      1.1  christos      if there is non-GOT reference and use PLT if there is PC-relative
   1705      1.1  christos      reference.  */
   1706      1.1  christos   if (need_dynreloc && h->ref_regular)
   1707      1.1  christos     {
   1708      1.1  christos       bool keep = false;
   1709      1.1  christos       for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   1710      1.1  christos 	if (p->count)
   1711      1.1  christos 	  {
   1712      1.1  christos 	    h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1713      1.1  christos 	    /* Need dynamic relocations for non-GOT reference.  */
   1714      1.1  christos 	    keep = true;
   1715      1.1  christos 	    if (p->pc_count)
   1716      1.1  christos 	      {
   1717      1.1  christos 		/* Must use PLT for PC-relative reference.  */
   1718      1.1  christos 		use_plt = true;
   1719      1.1  christos 		need_dynreloc = bfd_link_pic (info);
   1720      1.1  christos 		break;
   1721      1.1  christos 	      }
   1722      1.1  christos 	  }
   1723      1.1  christos       if (keep)
   1724      1.1  christos 	goto keep;
   1725      1.1  christos     }
   1726      1.1  christos 
   1727      1.1  christos   /* Support garbage collection against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
   1728      1.1  christos   if (h->plt.refcount <= 0 && h->got.refcount <= 0)
   1729      1.1  christos     {
   1730      1.1  christos       h->got = htab->init_got_offset;
   1731      1.1  christos       h->plt = htab->init_plt_offset;
   1732      1.1  christos       *head = NULL;
   1733      1.1  christos       return true;
   1734      1.1  christos     }
   1735      1.1  christos 
   1736      1.1  christos   /* Return and discard space for dynamic relocations against it if
   1737      1.1  christos      it is never referenced.  */
   1738      1.1  christos   if (!h->ref_regular)
   1739      1.1  christos     {
   1740      1.1  christos       if (h->plt.refcount > 0
   1741      1.1  christos 	  || h->got.refcount > 0)
   1742      1.1  christos 	abort ();
   1743      1.1  christos       h->got = htab->init_got_offset;
   1744      1.1  christos       h->plt = htab->init_plt_offset;
   1745      1.1  christos       *head = NULL;
   1746      1.1  christos       return true;
   1747      1.1  christos     }
   1748      1.1  christos 
   1749      1.1  christos  keep:
   1750      1.1  christos   bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd);
   1751      1.1  christos   if (bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p)
   1752      1.1  christos     sizeof_reloc = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
   1753      1.1  christos   else
   1754      1.1  christos     sizeof_reloc = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
   1755      1.1  christos 
   1756      1.1  christos   /* When building a static executable, use iplt, igot.plt and
   1757      1.1  christos      rela.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
   1758      1.1  christos   if (htab->splt != NULL)
   1759      1.1  christos     {
   1760      1.1  christos       plt = htab->splt;
   1761      1.1  christos       gotplt = htab->sgotplt;
   1762      1.1  christos       /* Change dynamic info of ifunc gotplt from srelplt to srelgot.  */
   1763      1.1  christos       relplt = htab->srelgot;
   1764      1.1  christos 
   1765      1.1  christos       /* If this is the first plt entry and PLT is used, make room for
   1766      1.1  christos 	 the special first entry.  */
   1767      1.1  christos       if (plt->size == 0 && use_plt)
   1768      1.1  christos 	plt->size += plt_header_size;
   1769      1.1  christos     }
   1770      1.1  christos   else
   1771      1.1  christos     {
   1772      1.1  christos       plt = htab->iplt;
   1773      1.1  christos       gotplt = htab->igotplt;
   1774      1.1  christos       relplt = htab->irelplt;
   1775      1.1  christos     }
   1776      1.1  christos 
   1777      1.1  christos   if (use_plt)
   1778      1.1  christos     {
   1779      1.1  christos       /* Don't update value of STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol to PLT.  We need
   1780      1.1  christos 	 the original value for R_*_IRELATIVE.  */
   1781      1.1  christos       h->plt.offset = plt->size;
   1782      1.1  christos 
   1783      1.1  christos       /* Make room for this entry in the plt/iplt section.  */
   1784      1.1  christos       plt->size += plt_entry_size;
   1785      1.1  christos 
   1786      1.1  christos       /* We also need to make an entry in the got.plt/got.iplt section,
   1787      1.1  christos 	 which will be placed in the got section by the linker script.  */
   1788      1.1  christos       gotplt->size += got_entry_size;
   1789      1.1  christos     }
   1790      1.1  christos 
   1791      1.1  christos   /* We also need to make an entry in the rela.plt/.rela.iplt
   1792      1.1  christos      section for GOTPLT relocation if PLT is used.  */
   1793      1.1  christos   if (use_plt)
   1794      1.1  christos     {
   1795      1.1  christos       relplt->size += sizeof_reloc;
   1796      1.1  christos       relplt->reloc_count++;
   1797      1.1  christos     }
   1798      1.1  christos 
   1799      1.1  christos   /* We need dynamic relocation for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol only when
   1800      1.1  christos      there is a non-GOT reference in a PIC object or PLT isn't used.  */
   1801      1.1  christos   if (!need_dynreloc || !h->non_got_ref)
   1802      1.1  christos     *head = NULL;
   1803      1.1  christos 
   1804      1.1  christos   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
   1805      1.1  christos   p = *head;
   1806      1.1  christos   if (p != NULL)
   1807      1.1  christos     {
   1808      1.1  christos       bfd_size_type count = 0;
   1809      1.1  christos       do
   1810      1.1  christos 	{
   1811      1.1  christos 	  count += p->count;
   1812      1.1  christos 	  p = p->next;
   1813      1.1  christos 	}
   1814      1.1  christos       while (p != NULL);
   1815      1.1  christos 
   1816      1.1  christos       htab->ifunc_resolvers = count != 0;
   1817      1.1  christos 
   1818      1.1  christos       /* Dynamic relocations are stored in
   1819      1.1  christos 	 1.  rela.srelgot section in PIC object.
   1820      1.1  christos 	 2.  rela.srelgot section in dynamic executable.
   1821      1.1  christos 	 3.  rela.irelplt section in static executable.  */
   1822      1.1  christos       if (htab->splt != NULL)
   1823      1.1  christos 	htab->srelgot->size += count * sizeof_reloc;
   1824      1.1  christos       else
   1825      1.1  christos 	{
   1826      1.1  christos 	  relplt->size += count * sizeof_reloc;
   1827      1.1  christos 	  relplt->reloc_count += count;
   1828      1.1  christos 	}
   1829      1.1  christos     }
   1830      1.1  christos 
   1831      1.1  christos   /* For STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol, got.plt has the real function address
   1832      1.1  christos      and got has the PLT entry adddress.  We will load the GOT entry
   1833      1.1  christos      with the PLT entry in finish_dynamic_symbol if it is used.  For
   1834      1.1  christos      branch, it uses got.plt.  For symbol value, if PLT is used,
   1835      1.1  christos      1.  Use got.plt in a PIC object if it is forced local or not
   1836      1.1  christos      dynamic.
   1837      1.1  christos      2.  Use got.plt in a non-PIC object if pointer equality isn't
   1838      1.1  christos      needed.
   1839      1.1  christos      3.  Use got.plt in PIE.
   1840      1.1  christos      4.  Use got.plt if got isn't used.
   1841      1.1  christos      5.  Otherwise use got so that it can be shared among different
   1842      1.1  christos      objects at run-time.
   1843      1.1  christos      If PLT isn't used, always use got for symbol value.
   1844      1.1  christos      We only need to relocate got entry in PIC object or in dynamic
   1845      1.1  christos      executable without PLT.  */
   1846      1.1  christos   if (use_plt
   1847      1.1  christos       && (h->got.refcount <= 0
   1848      1.1  christos 	  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1849      1.1  christos 	      && (h->dynindx == -1
   1850      1.1  christos 		  || h->forced_local))
   1851      1.1  christos 	  || (
   1852      1.1  christos 	      !h->pointer_equality_needed)
   1853      1.1  christos 	  || htab->sgot == NULL))
   1854      1.1  christos     {
   1855      1.1  christos       /* Use got.plt.  */
   1856      1.1  christos       h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1857      1.1  christos     }
   1858      1.1  christos   else
   1859      1.1  christos     {
   1860      1.1  christos       if (!use_plt)
   1861      1.1  christos 	{
   1862      1.1  christos 	  /* PLT isn't used.  */
   1863      1.1  christos 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1864      1.1  christos 	}
   1865      1.1  christos       if (h->got.refcount <= 0)
   1866      1.1  christos 	{
   1867      1.1  christos 	  /* GOT isn't need when there are only relocations for static
   1868      1.1  christos 	     pointers.  */
   1869      1.1  christos 	  h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1870      1.1  christos 	}
   1871      1.1  christos       else
   1872      1.1  christos 	{
   1873      1.1  christos 	  h->got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
   1874      1.1  christos 	  htab->sgot->size += got_entry_size;
   1875      1.1  christos 	  /* Need to relocate the GOT entry in a PIC object or PLT isn't
   1876      1.1  christos 	     used.  Otherwise, the GOT entry will be filled with the PLT
   1877      1.1  christos 	     entry and dynamic GOT relocation isn't needed.  */
   1878      1.1  christos 	  if (need_dynreloc)
   1879      1.1  christos 	    {
   1880      1.1  christos 	      /* For non-static executable, dynamic GOT relocation is in
   1881      1.1  christos 		 rela.got section, but for static executable, it is
   1882      1.1  christos 		 in rela.iplt section.  */
   1883      1.1  christos 	      if (htab->splt != NULL)
   1884      1.1  christos 		htab->srelgot->size += sizeof_reloc;
   1885      1.1  christos 	      else
   1886      1.1  christos 		{
   1887      1.1  christos 		  relplt->size += sizeof_reloc;
   1888      1.1  christos 		  relplt->reloc_count++;
   1889      1.1  christos 		}
   1890      1.1  christos 	    }
   1891      1.1  christos 	}
   1892      1.1  christos     }
   1893      1.1  christos 
   1894      1.1  christos   return true;
   1895      1.1  christos }
   1896      1.1  christos 
   1897      1.1  christos /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   1898      1.1  christos    ifunc dynamic relocs.  */
   1899      1.1  christos 
   1900      1.1  christos static bool
   1901  1.1.1.3  christos elfNN_allocate_ifunc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1902  1.1.1.3  christos 				struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1903  1.1.1.3  christos 				bool ref_local)
   1904      1.1  christos {
   1905      1.1  christos   /* An example of a bfd_link_hash_indirect symbol is versioned
   1906      1.1  christos      symbol. For example: __gxx_personality_v0(bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1907      1.1  christos      -> __gxx_personality_v0(bfd_link_hash_defined)
   1908      1.1  christos 
   1909      1.1  christos      There is no need to process bfd_link_hash_indirect symbols here
   1910      1.1  christos      because we will also be presented with the concrete instance of
   1911      1.1  christos      the symbol and loongarch_elf_copy_indirect_symbol () will have been
   1912      1.1  christos      called to copy all relevant data from the generic to the concrete
   1913      1.1  christos      symbol instance.  */
   1914      1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1915      1.1  christos     return true;
   1916      1.1  christos 
   1917      1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   1918      1.1  christos     h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   1919      1.1  christos 
   1920      1.1  christos   /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it
   1921      1.1  christos      here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object.  */
   1922      1.1  christos   if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && h->def_regular)
   1923      1.1  christos     {
   1924  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ref_local && LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h))
   1925      1.1  christos 	return local_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h,
   1926      1.1  christos 						&h->dyn_relocs,
   1927      1.1  christos 						PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1928      1.1  christos 						PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   1929      1.1  christos 						GOT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1930      1.1  christos 						false);
   1931  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (!ref_local && !LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h))
   1932      1.1  christos 	return _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h,
   1933      1.1  christos 						   &h->dyn_relocs,
   1934      1.1  christos 						   PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1935      1.1  christos 						   PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   1936      1.1  christos 						   GOT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1937      1.1  christos 						   false);
   1938      1.1  christos     }
   1939      1.1  christos 
   1940      1.1  christos   return true;
   1941      1.1  christos }
   1942      1.1  christos 
   1943  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   1944  1.1.1.3  christos elfNN_allocate_ifunc_dynrelocs_ref_local (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1945  1.1.1.3  christos 					  void *info)
   1946  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1947  1.1.1.3  christos   return elfNN_allocate_ifunc_dynrelocs (h, (struct bfd_link_info *) info,
   1948  1.1.1.3  christos 					 true);
   1949  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1950  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1951  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   1952  1.1.1.3  christos elfNN_allocate_ifunc_dynrelocs_ref_global (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1953  1.1.1.3  christos 					   void *info)
   1954  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1955  1.1.1.3  christos   return elfNN_allocate_ifunc_dynrelocs (h, (struct bfd_link_info *) info,
   1956  1.1.1.3  christos 					 false);
   1957  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1958  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1959      1.1  christos /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   1960      1.1  christos    ifunc dynamic relocs.  */
   1961      1.1  christos 
   1962  1.1.1.2  christos static int
   1963      1.1  christos elfNN_allocate_local_ifunc_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf)
   1964      1.1  christos {
   1965      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
   1966      1.1  christos 
   1967      1.1  christos   if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
   1968      1.1  christos       || !h->def_regular
   1969      1.1  christos       || !h->ref_regular
   1970      1.1  christos       || !h->forced_local
   1971      1.1  christos       || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
   1972      1.1  christos     abort ();
   1973      1.1  christos 
   1974  1.1.1.3  christos   return elfNN_allocate_ifunc_dynrelocs_ref_local (h, inf);
   1975      1.1  christos }
   1976      1.1  christos 
   1977      1.1  christos /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
   1978      1.1  christos    read-only sections.  */
   1979      1.1  christos 
   1980      1.1  christos static bool
   1981      1.1  christos maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p)
   1982      1.1  christos {
   1983      1.1  christos   asection *sec;
   1984      1.1  christos 
   1985      1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1986      1.1  christos     return true;
   1987      1.1  christos 
   1988      1.1  christos   sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h);
   1989      1.1  christos   if (sec != NULL)
   1990      1.1  christos     {
   1991      1.1  christos       struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p;
   1992      1.1  christos 
   1993      1.1  christos       info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   1994      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in "
   1995      1.1  christos 				"read-only section `%pA'\n"),
   1996      1.1  christos 			      sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec);
   1997      1.1  christos 
   1998      1.1  christos       /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
   1999      1.1  christos       return false;
   2000      1.1  christos     }
   2001      1.1  christos   return true;
   2002      1.1  christos }
   2003      1.1  christos 
   2004      1.1  christos static bool
   2005  1.1.1.3  christos record_relr (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab, asection *sec,
   2006  1.1.1.3  christos 	     bfd_vma off, asection *sreloc)
   2007  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2008  1.1.1.3  christos   struct relr_entry **sec_relr = &loongarch_elf_section_data (sec)->relr;
   2009  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2010  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Undo the relocation section size accounting.  */
   2011  1.1.1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->size >= sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela));
   2012  1.1.1.3  christos   sreloc->size -= sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   2013  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2014  1.1.1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (off % 2 == 0 && sec->alignment_power > 0);
   2015  1.1.1.3  christos   if (htab->relr_count >= htab->relr_alloc)
   2016  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2017  1.1.1.3  christos       if (htab->relr_alloc == 0)
   2018  1.1.1.3  christos 	htab->relr_alloc = 4096;
   2019  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   2020  1.1.1.3  christos 	htab->relr_alloc *= 2;
   2021  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2022  1.1.1.3  christos       htab->relr = bfd_realloc (htab->relr,
   2023  1.1.1.3  christos 				htab->relr_alloc * sizeof (*htab->relr));
   2024  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!htab->relr)
   2025  1.1.1.3  christos 	return false;
   2026  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2027  1.1.1.3  christos   htab->relr[htab->relr_count].sec = sec;
   2028  1.1.1.3  christos   htab->relr[htab->relr_count].off = off;
   2029  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*sec_relr == NULL)
   2030  1.1.1.3  christos     *sec_relr = &htab->relr[htab->relr_count];
   2031  1.1.1.3  christos   htab->relr_count++;
   2032  1.1.1.3  christos   return true;
   2033  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2034  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2035  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   2036  1.1.1.3  christos record_relr_local_got_relocs (bfd *input_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2037  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2038  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   2039  1.1.1.3  christos   char *local_tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd);
   2040  1.1.1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   2041  1.1.1.3  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab =
   2042  1.1.1.3  christos     loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   2043  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2044  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!local_got_offsets || !local_tls_type || !bfd_link_pic (info))
   2045  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2046  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2047  1.1.1.3  christos   for (unsigned i = 0; i < symtab_hdr->sh_info; i++)
   2048  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2049  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_vma off = local_got_offsets[i];
   2050  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2051  1.1.1.3  christos       /* FIXME: If the local symbol is in SHN_ABS then emitting
   2052  1.1.1.3  christos 	 a relative relocation is not correct, but it seems to be wrong
   2053  1.1.1.3  christos 	 in loongarch_elf_relocate_section too.  */
   2054  1.1.1.3  christos       if (local_tls_type[i] == GOT_NORMAL
   2055  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && !record_relr (htab, htab->elf.sgot, off, htab->elf.srelgot))
   2056  1.1.1.3  christos 	return false;
   2057  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2058  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2059  1.1.1.3  christos   return true;
   2060  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2061  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2062  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   2063  1.1.1.3  christos record_relr_dyn_got_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
   2064  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2065  1.1.1.3  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   2066  1.1.1.3  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab =
   2067  1.1.1.3  christos     loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   2068  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2069  1.1.1.3  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2070  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2071  1.1.1.3  christos   if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && h->def_regular)
   2072  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2073  1.1.1.3  christos   if (h->got.refcount <= 0)
   2074  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2075  1.1.1.3  christos   if (loongarch_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type
   2076  1.1.1.3  christos       & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
   2077  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2078  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   2079  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2080  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2081  1.1.1.3  christos   /* On LoongArch a GOT entry for undefined weak symbol is never relocated
   2082  1.1.1.3  christos      with R_LARCH_RELATIVE: we don't have -z dynamic-undefined-weak, thus
   2083  1.1.1.3  christos      the GOT entry is either const 0 (if the symbol is LARCH_REF_LOCAL) or
   2084  1.1.1.3  christos      relocated with R_LARCH_NN (otherwise).  */
   2085  1.1.1.3  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2086  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2087  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2088  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h))
   2089  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2090  1.1.1.3  christos   if (bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root))
   2091  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2092  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2093  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!record_relr (htab, htab->elf.sgot, h->got.offset,
   2094  1.1.1.3  christos 		    htab->elf.srelgot))
   2095  1.1.1.3  christos     return false;
   2096  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2097  1.1.1.3  christos   return true;
   2098  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2099  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2100  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   2101  1.1.1.3  christos record_relr_non_got_relocs (bfd *input_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2102  1.1.1.3  christos 			    asection *sec)
   2103  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2104  1.1.1.3  christos   asection *sreloc;
   2105  1.1.1.3  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   2106  1.1.1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, *rel, *rel_end;
   2107  1.1.1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2108  1.1.1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2109  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2110  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   2111  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2112  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sec->reloc_count == 0)
   2113  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2114  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((sec->flags & (SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DEBUGGING))
   2115  1.1.1.3  christos        != (SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC))
   2116  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2117  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sec->alignment_power == 0)
   2118  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2119  1.1.1.3  christos   if (discarded_section (sec))
   2120  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2121  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2122  1.1.1.3  christos   sreloc = elf_section_data (sec)->sreloc;
   2123  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sreloc == NULL)
   2124  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2125  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2126  1.1.1.3  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   2127  1.1.1.3  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   2128  1.1.1.3  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   2129  1.1.1.3  christos   relocs = _bfd_elf_link_info_read_relocs (input_bfd, info, sec, NULL,
   2130  1.1.1.3  christos 					   NULL, info->keep_memory);
   2131  1.1.1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (relocs != NULL);
   2132  1.1.1.3  christos   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2133  1.1.1.3  christos   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   2134  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2135  1.1.1.3  christos       unsigned r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2136  1.1.1.3  christos       unsigned int r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   2137  1.1.1.3  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   2138  1.1.1.3  christos       asection *def_sec = NULL;
   2139  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2140  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((r_type != R_LARCH_64 && r_type != R_LARCH_32)
   2141  1.1.1.3  christos 	  || rel->r_offset % 2 != 0)
   2142  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2143  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2144  1.1.1.3  christos       /* The logical below must match loongarch_elf_relocate_section.  */
   2145  1.1.1.3  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2146  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2147  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* A local symbol.  */
   2148  1.1.1.3  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   2149  1.1.1.3  christos 	  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, input_bfd,
   2150  1.1.1.3  christos 					r_symndx);
   2151  1.1.1.3  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT(isym != NULL);
   2152  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2153  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol uses R_LARCH_IRELATIVE for
   2154  1.1.1.3  christos 	     R_LARCH_NN, not R_LARCH_RELATIVE.  */
   2155  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   2156  1.1.1.3  christos 	    continue;
   2157  1.1.1.3  christos 	  def_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
   2158  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2159  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   2160  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2161  1.1.1.3  christos 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2162  1.1.1.3  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2163  1.1.1.3  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2164  1.1.1.3  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2165  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2166  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Filter out symbols that cannot have a relative reloc.  */
   2167  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
   2168  1.1.1.3  christos 	    continue;
   2169  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root))
   2170  1.1.1.3  christos 	    continue;
   2171  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   2172  1.1.1.3  christos 	    continue;
   2173  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2174  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2175  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   2176  1.1.1.3  christos 	    def_sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   2177  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2178  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* On LoongArch an R_LARCH_NN against undefined weak symbol
   2179  1.1.1.3  christos 	     is never converted to R_LARCH_RELATIVE: we don't have
   2180  1.1.1.3  christos 	     -z dynamic-undefined-weak, thus the reloc is either removed
   2181  1.1.1.3  christos 	     (if the symbol is LARCH_REF_LOCAL) or kept (otherwise).  */
   2182  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2183  1.1.1.3  christos 	    continue;
   2184  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2185  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h))
   2186  1.1.1.3  christos 	    continue;
   2187  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2188  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2189  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!def_sec || discarded_section (def_sec))
   2190  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2191  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2192  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!record_relr (htab, sec, rel->r_offset, sreloc))
   2193  1.1.1.3  christos 	return false;
   2194  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2195  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2196  1.1.1.3  christos   return true;
   2197  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2198  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2199  1.1.1.3  christos static int
   2200  1.1.1.3  christos cmp_relr_addr (const void *p, const void *q)
   2201  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2202  1.1.1.3  christos   const bfd_vma *a = p, *b = q;
   2203  1.1.1.3  christos   return (*a > *b) - (*a < *b);
   2204  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2205  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2206  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   2207  1.1.1.3  christos sort_relr (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2208  1.1.1.3  christos 	   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab)
   2209  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2210  1.1.1.3  christos   if (htab->relr_count == 0)
   2211  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2212  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2213  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_vma *addr = htab->relr_sorted;
   2214  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!addr)
   2215  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2216  1.1.1.3  christos       addr = bfd_malloc (htab->relr_count * sizeof (*addr));
   2217  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!addr)
   2218  1.1.1.3  christos 	return false;
   2219  1.1.1.3  christos       htab->relr_sorted = addr;
   2220  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2221  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2222  1.1.1.3  christos   for (bfd_size_type i = 0; i < htab->relr_count; i++)
   2223  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2224  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_vma off = _bfd_elf_section_offset (info->output_bfd, info,
   2225  1.1.1.3  christos 					     htab->relr[i].sec,
   2226  1.1.1.3  christos 					     htab->relr[i].off);
   2227  1.1.1.3  christos       addr[i] = htab->relr[i].sec->output_section->vma
   2228  1.1.1.3  christos 		+ htab->relr[i].sec->output_offset + off;
   2229  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2230  1.1.1.3  christos   qsort(addr, htab->relr_count, sizeof (*addr), cmp_relr_addr);
   2231  1.1.1.3  christos   return true;
   2232  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2233  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2234  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   2235  1.1.1.3  christos loongarch_elf_size_relative_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2236  1.1.1.3  christos 				    bool *need_layout)
   2237  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2238  1.1.1.3  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab =
   2239  1.1.1.3  christos     loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   2240  1.1.1.3  christos   asection *srelrdyn = htab->elf.srelrdyn;
   2241  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2242  1.1.1.3  christos   *need_layout = false;
   2243  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2244  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!sort_relr (info, htab))
   2245  1.1.1.3  christos     return false;
   2246  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_vma *addr = htab->relr_sorted;
   2247  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2248  1.1.1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (srelrdyn != NULL);
   2249  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type oldsize = srelrdyn->size;
   2250  1.1.1.3  christos   srelrdyn->size = 0;
   2251  1.1.1.3  christos   for (bfd_size_type i = 0; i < htab->relr_count; )
   2252  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2253  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_vma base = addr[i];
   2254  1.1.1.3  christos       i++;
   2255  1.1.1.3  christos       srelrdyn->size += NN / 8;
   2256  1.1.1.3  christos       base += NN / 8;
   2257  1.1.1.3  christos       while (1)
   2258  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2259  1.1.1.3  christos 	  bfd_size_type start_i = i;
   2260  1.1.1.3  christos 	  while (i < htab->relr_count
   2261  1.1.1.3  christos 		 && addr[i] - base < (NN - 1) * (NN / 8)
   2262  1.1.1.3  christos 		 && (addr[i] - base) % (NN / 8) == 0)
   2263  1.1.1.3  christos 	    i++;
   2264  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (i == start_i)
   2265  1.1.1.3  christos 	    break;
   2266  1.1.1.3  christos 	  srelrdyn->size += NN / 8;
   2267  1.1.1.3  christos 	  base += (NN - 1) * (NN / 8);
   2268  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2269  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2270  1.1.1.3  christos   if (srelrdyn->size != oldsize)
   2271  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2272  1.1.1.3  christos       *need_layout = true;
   2273  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Stop after a few iterations in case the layout does not converge,
   2274  1.1.1.3  christos 	 but we can only stop when the size would shrink (and pad the
   2275  1.1.1.3  christos 	 spare space with 1.  */
   2276  1.1.1.3  christos       if (htab->relr_layout_iter++ > 5 && srelrdyn->size < oldsize)
   2277  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2278  1.1.1.3  christos 	  srelrdyn->size = oldsize;
   2279  1.1.1.3  christos 	  *need_layout = false;
   2280  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2281  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2282  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2283  1.1.1.3  christos   htab->layout_mutating_for_relr = *need_layout;
   2284  1.1.1.3  christos   return true;
   2285  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2286  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2287  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   2288  1.1.1.3  christos loongarch_elf_finish_relative_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2289  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2290  1.1.1.3  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab =
   2291  1.1.1.3  christos     loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   2292  1.1.1.3  christos   asection *srelrdyn = htab->elf.srelrdyn;
   2293  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd *dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
   2294  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2295  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!srelrdyn || srelrdyn->size == 0)
   2296  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   2297  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2298  1.1.1.3  christos   srelrdyn->contents = bfd_alloc (dynobj, srelrdyn->size);
   2299  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!srelrdyn->contents)
   2300  1.1.1.3  christos     return false;
   2301  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2302  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_vma *addr = htab->relr_sorted;
   2303  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_byte *loc = srelrdyn->contents;
   2304  1.1.1.3  christos   for (bfd_size_type i = 0; i < htab->relr_count; )
   2305  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2306  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_vma base = addr[i];
   2307  1.1.1.3  christos       i++;
   2308  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_put_NN (dynobj, base, loc);
   2309  1.1.1.3  christos       loc += NN / 8;
   2310  1.1.1.3  christos       base += NN / 8;
   2311  1.1.1.3  christos       while (1)
   2312  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2313  1.1.1.3  christos 	  uintNN_t bits = 0;
   2314  1.1.1.3  christos 	  while (i < htab->relr_count)
   2315  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2316  1.1.1.3  christos 	      bfd_vma delta = addr[i] - base;
   2317  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (delta >= (NN - 1) * (NN / 8) || delta % (NN / 8) != 0)
   2318  1.1.1.3  christos 		break;
   2319  1.1.1.3  christos 	      bits |= (uintNN_t) 1 << (delta / (NN / 8));
   2320  1.1.1.3  christos 	      i++;
   2321  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2322  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (bits == 0)
   2323  1.1.1.3  christos 	    break;
   2324  1.1.1.3  christos 	  bfd_put_NN (dynobj, (bits << 1) | 1, loc);
   2325  1.1.1.3  christos 	  loc += NN / 8;
   2326  1.1.1.3  christos 	  base += (NN - 1) * (NN / 8);
   2327  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2328  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2329  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2330  1.1.1.3  christos   free (addr);
   2331  1.1.1.3  christos   htab->relr_sorted = NULL;
   2332  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2333  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Pad any excess with 1's, a do-nothing encoding.  */
   2334  1.1.1.3  christos   while (loc < srelrdyn->contents + srelrdyn->size)
   2335  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2336  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_put_NN (dynobj, 1, loc);
   2337  1.1.1.3  christos       loc += NN / 8;
   2338  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2339  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2340  1.1.1.3  christos   return true;
   2341  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2342  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2343  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   2344  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_elf_late_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   2345  1.1.1.2  christos 				  struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2346      1.1  christos {
   2347      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   2348      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2349      1.1  christos   asection *s;
   2350      1.1  christos   bfd *ibfd;
   2351      1.1  christos 
   2352      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   2353      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   2354      1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
   2355  1.1.1.2  christos   if (dynobj == NULL)
   2356  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   2357      1.1  christos 
   2358      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   2359      1.1  christos     {
   2360      1.1  christos       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   2361      1.1  christos       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   2362      1.1  christos 	{
   2363      1.1  christos 	  const char *interpreter;
   2364      1.1  christos 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   2365      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2366      1.1  christos 
   2367      1.1  christos 	  if (elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
   2368      1.1  christos 	    interpreter = "/lib32/ld.so.1";
   2369      1.1  christos 	  else if (elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
   2370      1.1  christos 	    interpreter = "/lib64/ld.so.1";
   2371      1.1  christos 	  else
   2372      1.1  christos 	    interpreter = "/lib/ld.so.1";
   2373      1.1  christos 
   2374      1.1  christos 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) interpreter;
   2375      1.1  christos 	  s->size = strlen (interpreter) + 1;
   2376      1.1  christos 	}
   2377      1.1  christos     }
   2378      1.1  christos 
   2379      1.1  christos   /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
   2380      1.1  christos      relocs.  */
   2381      1.1  christos   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
   2382      1.1  christos     {
   2383      1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
   2384      1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
   2385      1.1  christos       char *local_tls_type;
   2386      1.1  christos       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
   2387      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2388      1.1  christos       asection *srel;
   2389      1.1  christos 
   2390      1.1  christos       if (!is_loongarch_elf (ibfd))
   2391      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2392      1.1  christos 
   2393      1.1  christos       for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   2394      1.1  christos 	{
   2395      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2396      1.1  christos 
   2397      1.1  christos 	  for (p = elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2398      1.1  christos 	    {
   2399      1.1  christos 	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
   2400      1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
   2401      1.1  christos 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
   2402      1.1  christos 		{
   2403      1.1  christos 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
   2404      1.1  christos 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
   2405      1.1  christos 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
   2406      1.1  christos 		     the relocs too.  */
   2407      1.1  christos 		}
   2408      1.1  christos 	      else if (0 < p->count)
   2409      1.1  christos 		{
   2410      1.1  christos 		  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   2411      1.1  christos 		  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   2412      1.1  christos 		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2413      1.1  christos 		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2414      1.1  christos 		}
   2415      1.1  christos 	    }
   2416      1.1  christos 	}
   2417      1.1  christos 
   2418      1.1  christos       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   2419      1.1  christos       if (!local_got)
   2420      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2421      1.1  christos 
   2422      1.1  christos       symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
   2423      1.1  christos       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   2424      1.1  christos       end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
   2425      1.1  christos       local_tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
   2426      1.1  christos       s = htab->elf.sgot;
   2427      1.1  christos       srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
   2428      1.1  christos       for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++local_tls_type)
   2429      1.1  christos 	{
   2430      1.1  christos 	  if (0 < *local_got)
   2431      1.1  christos 	    {
   2432      1.1  christos 	      *local_got = s->size;
   2433  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (*local_tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
   2434  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   2435  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* TLS gd use two got.  */
   2436  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   2437  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   2438  1.1.1.2  christos 		      s->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2439  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
   2440  1.1.1.2  christos 			srel->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   2441  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   2442      1.1  christos 
   2443  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* TLS_DESC use two got.  */
   2444  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
   2445  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   2446  1.1.1.2  christos 		      s->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2447  1.1.1.2  christos 		      srel->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   2448  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   2449      1.1  christos 
   2450  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* TLS ie and use one got.  */
   2451  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
   2452  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   2453  1.1.1.2  christos 		      s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2454  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
   2455  1.1.1.2  christos 			srel->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   2456  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   2457  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   2458      1.1  christos 	      else
   2459      1.1  christos 		{
   2460  1.1.1.2  christos 		  s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2461      1.1  christos 		  srel->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   2462      1.1  christos 		}
   2463      1.1  christos 	    }
   2464      1.1  christos 	  else
   2465      1.1  christos 	    *local_got = MINUS_ONE;
   2466      1.1  christos 	}
   2467      1.1  christos     }
   2468      1.1  christos 
   2469      1.1  christos   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
   2470      1.1  christos      sym dynamic relocs.  */
   2471      1.1  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
   2472      1.1  christos 
   2473  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Allocate global ifunc sym .plt and .got entries, and space for
   2474  1.1.1.3  christos      *preemptible* ifunc sym dynamic relocs.  Note that we must do it
   2475  1.1.1.3  christos      for *all* preemptible ifunc (including local ifuncs and STV_HIDDEN
   2476  1.1.1.3  christos      ifuncs) before doing it for any non-preemptible ifunc symbol:
   2477  1.1.1.3  christos      assuming we are not so careful, when we link a shared library the
   2478  1.1.1.3  christos      correlation of .plt and .rela.plt might look like:
   2479  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2480  1.1.1.3  christos 				idx in .plt	idx in .rela.plt
   2481  1.1.1.3  christos 	ext_func1@plt		0		0
   2482  1.1.1.3  christos 	ext_func2@plt		1		1
   2483  1.1.1.3  christos 	ext_func3@plt		2		2
   2484  1.1.1.3  christos 	hidden_ifunc1@plt	3		None: it's in .rela.got
   2485  1.1.1.3  christos 	hidden_ifunc2@plt	4		None: it's in .rela.got
   2486  1.1.1.3  christos 	normal_ifunc1@plt	5	!=	3
   2487  1.1.1.3  christos 	normal_ifunc2@plt	6	!=	4
   2488  1.1.1.3  christos 	local_ifunc@plt		7		None: it's in .rela.got
   2489  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2490  1.1.1.3  christos      Now oops the indices for normal_ifunc{1,2} in .rela.plt were different
   2491  1.1.1.3  christos      from the indices in .plt :(.  This would break finish_dynamic_symbol
   2492  1.1.1.3  christos      which assumes the index in .rela.plt matches the index in .plt.
   2493  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2494  1.1.1.3  christos      So let's be careful and make it correct:
   2495  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2496  1.1.1.3  christos 				idx in .plt	idx in .rela.plt
   2497  1.1.1.3  christos 	ext_func1@plt		0		0
   2498  1.1.1.3  christos 	ext_func2@plt		1		1
   2499  1.1.1.3  christos 	ext_func3@plt		2		2
   2500  1.1.1.3  christos 	normal_ifunc1@plt	3		3
   2501  1.1.1.3  christos 	normal_ifunc2@plt	4		4
   2502  1.1.1.3  christos 	hidden_ifunc1@plt	5		None: it's in .rela.got
   2503  1.1.1.3  christos 	hidden_ifunc2@plt	6		None: it's in .rela.got
   2504  1.1.1.3  christos 	local_ifunc@plt		7		None: it's in .rela.got
   2505  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2506  1.1.1.3  christos      Now normal_ifuncs first.  */
   2507  1.1.1.3  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf,
   2508  1.1.1.3  christos 			  elfNN_allocate_ifunc_dynrelocs_ref_global, info);
   2509  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2510  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Next hidden_ifuncs follows.  */
   2511  1.1.1.3  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf,
   2512  1.1.1.3  christos 			  elfNN_allocate_ifunc_dynrelocs_ref_local, info);
   2513      1.1  christos 
   2514  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Finally local_ifuncs.  */
   2515      1.1  christos   htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
   2516  1.1.1.2  christos 		 elfNN_allocate_local_ifunc_dynrelocs, info);
   2517      1.1  christos 
   2518      1.1  christos   /* Don't allocate .got.plt section if there are no PLT.  */
   2519      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.sgotplt && htab->elf.sgotplt->size == GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE
   2520      1.1  christos       && (htab->elf.splt == NULL || htab->elf.splt->size == 0))
   2521      1.1  christos     htab->elf.sgotplt->size = 0;
   2522      1.1  christos 
   2523  1.1.1.3  christos   if (info->enable_dt_relr && !bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   2524  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2525  1.1.1.3  christos       elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, record_relr_dyn_got_relocs, info);
   2526  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2527  1.1.1.3  christos       for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
   2528  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2529  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!is_loongarch_elf (ibfd))
   2530  1.1.1.3  christos 	    continue;
   2531  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2532  1.1.1.3  christos 	  for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   2533  1.1.1.3  christos 	    if (!record_relr_non_got_relocs (ibfd, info, s))
   2534  1.1.1.3  christos 	      return false;
   2535  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2536  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!record_relr_local_got_relocs (ibfd, info))
   2537  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return false;
   2538  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2539  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2540  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2541      1.1  christos   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   2542      1.1  christos      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   2543      1.1  christos      memory for them.  */
   2544      1.1  christos   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   2545      1.1  christos     {
   2546      1.1  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   2547      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2548      1.1  christos 
   2549      1.1  christos       if (s == htab->elf.splt || s == htab->elf.iplt || s == htab->elf.sgot
   2550      1.1  christos 	  || s == htab->elf.sgotplt || s == htab->elf.igotplt
   2551      1.1  christos 	  || s == htab->elf.sdynbss || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
   2552      1.1  christos 	{
   2553      1.1  christos 	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
   2554      1.1  christos 	     comment below.  */
   2555      1.1  christos 	}
   2556      1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (s->name, ".rela", 5) == 0)
   2557      1.1  christos 	{
   2558      1.1  christos 	  if (s->size != 0)
   2559      1.1  christos 	    {
   2560      1.1  christos 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   2561      1.1  christos 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   2562      1.1  christos 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   2563      1.1  christos 	    }
   2564      1.1  christos 	}
   2565  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (s == htab->elf.srelrdyn && htab->relr_count == 0)
   2566  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2567  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Remove .relr.dyn based on relr_count, not size, since
   2568  1.1.1.3  christos 	     it is not sized yet.  */
   2569  1.1.1.3  christos 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   2570  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Allocate contents later.  */
   2571  1.1.1.3  christos 	  continue;
   2572  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2573      1.1  christos       else
   2574      1.1  christos 	{
   2575      1.1  christos 	  /* It's not one of our sections.  */
   2576      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2577      1.1  christos 	}
   2578      1.1  christos 
   2579      1.1  christos       if (s->size == 0)
   2580      1.1  christos 	{
   2581      1.1  christos 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   2582      1.1  christos 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   2583      1.1  christos 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   2584      1.1  christos 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   2585      1.1  christos 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   2586      1.1  christos 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   2587      1.1  christos 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   2588      1.1  christos 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   2589      1.1  christos 	     into these sections.  */
   2590      1.1  christos 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   2591      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2592      1.1  christos 	}
   2593      1.1  christos 
   2594      1.1  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   2595      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2596      1.1  christos 
   2597      1.1  christos       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  Zero the memory
   2598      1.1  christos 	 for the benefit of .rela.plt, which has 4 unused entries
   2599      1.1  christos 	 at the beginning, and we don't want garbage.  */
   2600      1.1  christos       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   2601      1.1  christos       if (s->contents == NULL)
   2602      1.1  christos 	return false;
   2603      1.1  christos     }
   2604      1.1  christos 
   2605      1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   2606      1.1  christos     {
   2607      1.1  christos       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   2608      1.1  christos 	 values later, in loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   2609      1.1  christos 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   2610      1.1  christos 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   2611      1.1  christos 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   2612      1.1  christos #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   2613      1.1  christos 
   2614      1.1  christos       if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   2615      1.1  christos 	{
   2616      1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   2617      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   2618      1.1  christos 	}
   2619      1.1  christos 
   2620      1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.srelplt->size != 0)
   2621      1.1  christos 	{
   2622      1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   2623      1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   2624      1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   2625      1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   2626      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   2627      1.1  christos 	}
   2628      1.1  christos 
   2629      1.1  christos       if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   2630      1.1  christos 	  || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   2631      1.1  christos 	  || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela)))
   2632      1.1  christos 	return false;
   2633      1.1  christos 
   2634      1.1  christos       /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
   2635      1.1  christos 	 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
   2636      1.1  christos       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   2637      1.1  christos 	elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, maybe_set_textrel, info);
   2638      1.1  christos 
   2639      1.1  christos       if (info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)
   2640      1.1  christos 	{
   2641      1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   2642      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   2643      1.1  christos 	  /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag.  It will be set again if we
   2644      1.1  christos 	     write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
   2645      1.1  christos 	     at this point we do not know whether e.g.  any .eh_frame
   2646      1.1  christos 	     absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative.  */
   2647      1.1  christos 	  info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
   2648      1.1  christos 	}
   2649      1.1  christos     }
   2650      1.1  christos #undef add_dynamic_entry
   2651      1.1  christos 
   2652      1.1  christos   return true;
   2653      1.1  christos }
   2654      1.1  christos 
   2655      1.1  christos #define LARCH_LD_STACK_DEPTH 16
   2656      1.1  christos static int64_t larch_opc_stack[LARCH_LD_STACK_DEPTH];
   2657      1.1  christos static size_t larch_stack_top = 0;
   2658      1.1  christos 
   2659      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2660      1.1  christos loongarch_push (int64_t val)
   2661      1.1  christos {
   2662      1.1  christos   if (LARCH_LD_STACK_DEPTH <= larch_stack_top)
   2663      1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
   2664      1.1  christos   larch_opc_stack[larch_stack_top++] = val;
   2665      1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   2666      1.1  christos }
   2667      1.1  christos 
   2668      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2669      1.1  christos loongarch_pop (int64_t *val)
   2670      1.1  christos {
   2671      1.1  christos   if (larch_stack_top == 0)
   2672      1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
   2673      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (val);
   2674      1.1  christos   *val = larch_opc_stack[--larch_stack_top];
   2675      1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   2676      1.1  christos }
   2677      1.1  christos 
   2678      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2679      1.1  christos loongarch_top (int64_t *val)
   2680      1.1  christos {
   2681      1.1  christos   if (larch_stack_top == 0)
   2682      1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
   2683      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (val);
   2684      1.1  christos   *val = larch_opc_stack[larch_stack_top - 1];
   2685      1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   2686      1.1  christos }
   2687      1.1  christos 
   2688      1.1  christos static void
   2689      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_append_rela (bfd *abfd, asection *s, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
   2690      1.1  christos {
   2691      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (s && s->contents);
   2692      1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
   2693      1.1  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   2694      1.1  christos 
   2695      1.1  christos   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
   2696      1.1  christos   if (!(s->size > s->reloc_count * bed->s->sizeof_rela))
   2697      1.1  christos     BFD_ASSERT (s->size > s->reloc_count * bed->s->sizeof_rela);
   2698      1.1  christos   loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * bed->s->sizeof_rela);
   2699      1.1  christos   bed->s->swap_reloca_out (abfd, rel, loc);
   2700      1.1  christos }
   2701      1.1  christos 
   2702      1.1  christos /* Check rel->r_offset in range of contents.  */
   2703      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2704      1.1  christos loongarch_check_offset (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2705      1.1  christos 			const asection *input_section)
   2706      1.1  christos {
   2707      1.1  christos   if (0 == strcmp(input_section->name, ".text")
   2708      1.1  christos       && rel->r_offset > input_section->size)
   2709      1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
   2710      1.1  christos 
   2711      1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   2712      1.1  christos }
   2713      1.1  christos 
   2714      1.1  christos #define LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP(op1, op2, op3)	      \
   2715      1.1  christos   ({						      \
   2716      1.1  christos     bfd_reloc_status_type ret = loongarch_pop (&op2); \
   2717      1.1  christos     if (ret == bfd_reloc_ok)			      \
   2718      1.1  christos       {						      \
   2719      1.1  christos 	ret = loongarch_pop (&op1);		      \
   2720      1.1  christos 	if (ret == bfd_reloc_ok)		      \
   2721      1.1  christos 	  ret = loongarch_push (op3);		      \
   2722      1.1  christos       }						      \
   2723      1.1  christos     ret;					      \
   2724      1.1  christos    })
   2725      1.1  christos 
   2726  1.1.1.2  christos /* Write immediate to instructions.  */
   2727  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2728      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2729      1.1  christos loongarch_reloc_rewrite_imm_insn (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2730      1.1  christos 				  const asection *input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2731      1.1  christos 				  reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd *input_bfd,
   2732      1.1  christos 				  bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma reloc_val)
   2733      1.1  christos {
   2734  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust the immediate based on alignment and
   2735  1.1.1.2  christos      its position in the instruction.  */
   2736  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!loongarch_adjust_reloc_bitsfield (input_bfd, howto, &reloc_val))
   2737      1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
   2738      1.1  christos 
   2739  1.1.1.2  christos   int bits = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto) * 8;
   2740  1.1.1.2  christos   uint64_t insn = bfd_get (bits, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2741  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2742  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Write immediate to instruction.  */
   2743  1.1.1.2  christos   insn = (insn & ~howto->dst_mask) | (reloc_val & howto->dst_mask);
   2744      1.1  christos 
   2745      1.1  christos   bfd_put (bits, input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2746      1.1  christos 
   2747      1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   2748      1.1  christos }
   2749      1.1  christos 
   2750      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2751      1.1  christos perform_relocation (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, asection *input_section,
   2752      1.1  christos 		    reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_vma value,
   2753      1.1  christos 		    bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
   2754      1.1  christos {
   2755      1.1  christos   int64_t opr1, opr2, opr3;
   2756      1.1  christos   bfd_reloc_status_type r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2757      1.1  christos   int bits = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto) * 8;
   2758      1.1  christos 
   2759      1.1  christos   switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2760      1.1  christos     {
   2761      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PCREL:
   2762      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_ABSOLUTE:
   2763      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_GPREL:
   2764      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_TPREL:
   2765      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GOT:
   2766      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GD:
   2767      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PLT_PCREL:
   2768      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_push (value);
   2769      1.1  christos       break;
   2770      1.1  christos 
   2771      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_DUP:
   2772      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_pop (&opr1);
   2773      1.1  christos       if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2774      1.1  christos 	{
   2775      1.1  christos 	  r = loongarch_push (opr1);
   2776      1.1  christos 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2777      1.1  christos 	    r = loongarch_push (opr1);
   2778      1.1  christos 	}
   2779      1.1  christos       break;
   2780      1.1  christos 
   2781      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_ASSERT:
   2782      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_pop (&opr1);
   2783      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok || !opr1)
   2784      1.1  christos 	r = bfd_reloc_notsupported;
   2785      1.1  christos       break;
   2786      1.1  christos 
   2787      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_NOT:
   2788      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_pop (&opr1);
   2789      1.1  christos       if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2790      1.1  christos 	r = loongarch_push (!opr1);
   2791      1.1  christos       break;
   2792      1.1  christos 
   2793      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_SUB:
   2794      1.1  christos       r = LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP (opr1, opr2, opr1 - opr2);
   2795      1.1  christos       break;
   2796      1.1  christos 
   2797      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_SL:
   2798      1.1  christos       r = LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP (opr1, opr2, opr1 << opr2);
   2799      1.1  christos       break;
   2800      1.1  christos 
   2801      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_SR:
   2802      1.1  christos       r = LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP (opr1, opr2, opr1 >> opr2);
   2803      1.1  christos       break;
   2804      1.1  christos 
   2805      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_AND:
   2806      1.1  christos       r = LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP (opr1, opr2, opr1 & opr2);
   2807      1.1  christos       break;
   2808      1.1  christos 
   2809      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_ADD:
   2810      1.1  christos       r = LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP (opr1, opr2, opr1 + opr2);
   2811      1.1  christos       break;
   2812      1.1  christos 
   2813      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_IF_ELSE:
   2814      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_pop (&opr3);
   2815      1.1  christos       if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2816      1.1  christos 	{
   2817      1.1  christos 	  r = loongarch_pop (&opr2);
   2818      1.1  christos 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2819      1.1  christos 	    {
   2820      1.1  christos 	      r = loongarch_pop (&opr1);
   2821      1.1  christos 	      if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2822      1.1  christos 		r = loongarch_push (opr1 ? opr2 : opr3);
   2823      1.1  christos 	    }
   2824      1.1  christos 	}
   2825      1.1  christos       break;
   2826      1.1  christos 
   2827      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_10_5:
   2828      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_10_12:
   2829      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_10_16:
   2830      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_10_16_S2:
   2831      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_0_5_10_16_S2:
   2832      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_0_10_10_16_S2:
   2833      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_5_20:
   2834      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_U_10_12:
   2835      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_U:
   2836      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_pop (&opr1);
   2837      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   2838      1.1  christos 	break;
   2839      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_check_offset (rel, input_section);
   2840      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   2841      1.1  christos 	break;
   2842      1.1  christos 
   2843      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_reloc_rewrite_imm_insn (rel, input_section,
   2844      1.1  christos 					    howto, input_bfd,
   2845      1.1  christos 					    contents, (bfd_vma)opr1);
   2846      1.1  christos       break;
   2847      1.1  christos 
   2848      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2849      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_32:
   2850      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL64:
   2851      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_64:
   2852      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_check_offset (rel, input_section);
   2853      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   2854      1.1  christos 	break;
   2855      1.1  christos 
   2856      1.1  christos       bfd_put (bits, input_bfd, value, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2857      1.1  christos       break;
   2858      1.1  christos 
   2859  1.1.1.2  christos     /* LoongArch only has add/sub reloc pair, not has set/sub reloc pair.
   2860  1.1.1.2  christos        Because set/sub reloc pair not support multi-thread. While add/sub
   2861  1.1.1.2  christos        reloc pair process order not affect the final result.
   2862  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2863  1.1.1.2  christos        For add/sub reloc, the original value will be involved in the
   2864  1.1.1.2  christos        calculation. In order not to add/sub extra value, we write 0 to symbol
   2865  1.1.1.2  christos        address at assembly time.
   2866  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2867  1.1.1.2  christos        add/sub reloc bits determined by the value after symbol subtraction,
   2868  1.1.1.2  christos        not symbol value.
   2869  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2870  1.1.1.2  christos        add/sub reloc save part of the symbol value, so we only need to
   2871  1.1.1.2  christos        save howto->dst_mask bits.  */
   2872  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD6:
   2873  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB6:
   2874  1.1.1.2  christos       {
   2875  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_vma word = bfd_get (howto->bitsize, input_bfd,
   2876  1.1.1.2  christos 				contents + rel->r_offset);
   2877  1.1.1.2  christos 	word = (word & ~howto->dst_mask) | (value & howto->dst_mask);
   2878  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_put (howto->bitsize, input_bfd, word, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2879  1.1.1.2  christos 	r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2880  1.1.1.2  christos 	break;
   2881  1.1.1.2  christos       }
   2882  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2883  1.1.1.2  christos     /* Not need to read the original value, just write the new value.  */
   2884      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD8:
   2885      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD16:
   2886      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD24:
   2887      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD32:
   2888      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD64:
   2889      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB8:
   2890      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB16:
   2891      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB24:
   2892      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB32:
   2893      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB64:
   2894  1.1.1.2  christos       {
   2895  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* Because add/sub reloc is processed separately,
   2896  1.1.1.2  christos 	   so the high bits is invalid.  */
   2897  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_vma word = value & howto->dst_mask;
   2898  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_put (howto->bitsize, input_bfd, word, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2899  1.1.1.2  christos 	r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2900      1.1  christos 	break;
   2901  1.1.1.2  christos       }
   2902      1.1  christos 
   2903  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD_ULEB128:
   2904  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB_ULEB128:
   2905  1.1.1.2  christos       {
   2906  1.1.1.2  christos 	unsigned int len = 0;
   2907  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* Before write uleb128, first read it to get it's length.  */
   2908  1.1.1.2  christos 	_bfd_read_unsigned_leb128 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, &len);
   2909  1.1.1.2  christos 	loongarch_write_unsigned_leb128 (contents + rel->r_offset, len, value);
   2910  1.1.1.2  christos 	r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2911  1.1.1.2  christos 	break;
   2912  1.1.1.2  christos       }
   2913      1.1  christos 
   2914      1.1  christos     /* For eh_frame and debug info.  */
   2915      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_32_PCREL:
   2916  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_64_PCREL:
   2917  1.1.1.2  christos       {
   2918  1.1.1.2  christos 	value -= sec_addr (input_section) + rel->r_offset;
   2919  1.1.1.2  christos 	value += rel->r_addend;
   2920  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_vma word = bfd_get (howto->bitsize, input_bfd,
   2921  1.1.1.2  christos 				contents + rel->r_offset);
   2922  1.1.1.2  christos 	word = (word & ~howto->dst_mask) | (value & howto->dst_mask);
   2923  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_put (howto->bitsize, input_bfd, word, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2924  1.1.1.2  christos 	r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2925  1.1.1.2  christos 	break;
   2926  1.1.1.2  christos       }
   2927      1.1  christos 
   2928      1.1  christos     /* New reloc type.
   2929      1.1  christos        R_LARCH_B16 ~ R_LARCH_TLS_GD_HI20.  */
   2930      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_B16:
   2931      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_B21:
   2932      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_B26:
   2933      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ABS_HI20:
   2934      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ABS_LO12:
   2935      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ABS64_LO20:
   2936      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ABS64_HI12:
   2937      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20:
   2938      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_PCALA_LO12:
   2939      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_PCALA64_LO20:
   2940      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_PCALA64_HI12:
   2941      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20:
   2942      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_LO12:
   2943      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_LO20:
   2944      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_HI12:
   2945      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT_HI20:
   2946      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT_LO12:
   2947      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT64_LO20:
   2948      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT64_HI12:
   2949      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20:
   2950      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12:
   2951  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20_R:
   2952  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12_R:
   2953      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_LO20:
   2954      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_HI12:
   2955      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
   2956      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12:
   2957      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_LO20:
   2958      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_HI12:
   2959      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_HI20:
   2960      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_LO12:
   2961      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_LO20:
   2962      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_HI12:
   2963      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20:
   2964      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_HI20:
   2965      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20:
   2966      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_HI20:
   2967  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_PCREL20_S2:
   2968  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_CALL36:
   2969  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
   2970  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12:
   2971  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_LO20:
   2972  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_HI12:
   2973  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_HI20:
   2974  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LO12:
   2975  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_LO20:
   2976  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_HI12:
   2977  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PCREL20_S2:
   2978  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PCREL20_S2:
   2979  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PCREL20_S2:
   2980      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_check_offset (rel, input_section);
   2981      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   2982      1.1  christos 	break;
   2983      1.1  christos 
   2984      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_reloc_rewrite_imm_insn (rel, input_section,
   2985      1.1  christos 					    howto, input_bfd,
   2986      1.1  christos 					    contents, value);
   2987      1.1  christos       break;
   2988      1.1  christos 
   2989  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD:
   2990  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL:
   2991  1.1.1.2  christos       r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2992  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2993  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2994      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_RELAX:
   2995  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_ADD_R:
   2996      1.1  christos       break;
   2997      1.1  christos 
   2998      1.1  christos     default:
   2999      1.1  christos       r = bfd_reloc_notsupported;
   3000      1.1  christos     }
   3001      1.1  christos   return r;
   3002      1.1  christos }
   3003      1.1  christos 
   3004      1.1  christos #define LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH 72
   3005      1.1  christos static struct
   3006      1.1  christos {
   3007      1.1  christos   bfd *bfd;
   3008      1.1  christos   asection *section;
   3009      1.1  christos   bfd_vma r_offset;
   3010      1.1  christos   int r_type;
   3011      1.1  christos   bfd_vma relocation;
   3012      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3013      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3014      1.1  christos   bfd_vma addend;
   3015      1.1  christos   int64_t top_then;
   3016      1.1  christos } larch_reloc_queue[LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH];
   3017      1.1  christos static size_t larch_reloc_queue_head = 0;
   3018      1.1  christos static size_t larch_reloc_queue_tail = 0;
   3019      1.1  christos 
   3020      1.1  christos static const char *
   3021      1.1  christos loongarch_sym_name (bfd *input_bfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   3022      1.1  christos 		    Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   3023      1.1  christos {
   3024      1.1  christos   const char *ret = NULL;
   3025      1.1  christos   if (sym)
   3026      1.1  christos     ret = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   3027      1.1  christos 					   elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd).sh_link,
   3028      1.1  christos 					   sym->st_name);
   3029      1.1  christos   else if (h)
   3030      1.1  christos     ret = h->root.root.string;
   3031      1.1  christos 
   3032      1.1  christos   if (ret == NULL || *ret == '\0')
   3033      1.1  christos     ret = "<nameless>";
   3034      1.1  christos   return ret;
   3035      1.1  christos }
   3036      1.1  christos 
   3037      1.1  christos static void
   3038      1.1  christos loongarch_record_one_reloc (bfd *abfd, asection *section, int r_type,
   3039      1.1  christos 			    bfd_vma r_offset, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
   3040      1.1  christos 			    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma addend)
   3041      1.1  christos {
   3042      1.1  christos   if ((larch_reloc_queue_head == 0
   3043      1.1  christos        && larch_reloc_queue_tail == LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH - 1)
   3044      1.1  christos       || larch_reloc_queue_head == larch_reloc_queue_tail + 1)
   3045      1.1  christos     larch_reloc_queue_head =
   3046      1.1  christos       (larch_reloc_queue_head + 1) % LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH;
   3047      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].bfd = abfd;
   3048      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].section = section;
   3049      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].r_offset = r_offset;
   3050      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].r_type = r_type;
   3051      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].sym = sym;
   3052      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].h = h;
   3053      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].addend = addend;
   3054      1.1  christos   loongarch_top (&larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].top_then);
   3055      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue_tail =
   3056      1.1  christos     (larch_reloc_queue_tail + 1) % LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH;
   3057      1.1  christos }
   3058      1.1  christos 
   3059      1.1  christos static void
   3060      1.1  christos loongarch_dump_reloc_record (void (*p) (const char *fmt, ...))
   3061      1.1  christos {
   3062      1.1  christos   size_t i = larch_reloc_queue_head;
   3063      1.1  christos   bfd *a_bfd = NULL;
   3064      1.1  christos   asection *section = NULL;
   3065      1.1  christos   bfd_vma r_offset = 0;
   3066      1.1  christos   int inited = 0;
   3067      1.1  christos   p ("Dump relocate record:\n");
   3068      1.1  christos   p ("stack top\t\trelocation name\t\tsymbol");
   3069      1.1  christos   while (i != larch_reloc_queue_tail)
   3070      1.1  christos     {
   3071      1.1  christos       if (a_bfd != larch_reloc_queue[i].bfd
   3072      1.1  christos 	  || section != larch_reloc_queue[i].section
   3073      1.1  christos 	  || r_offset != larch_reloc_queue[i].r_offset)
   3074      1.1  christos 	{
   3075      1.1  christos 	  a_bfd = larch_reloc_queue[i].bfd;
   3076      1.1  christos 	  section = larch_reloc_queue[i].section;
   3077      1.1  christos 	  r_offset = larch_reloc_queue[i].r_offset;
   3078      1.1  christos 	  p ("\nat %pB(%pA+0x%v):\n", larch_reloc_queue[i].bfd,
   3079      1.1  christos 	     larch_reloc_queue[i].section, larch_reloc_queue[i].r_offset);
   3080      1.1  christos 	}
   3081      1.1  christos 
   3082      1.1  christos       if (!inited)
   3083      1.1  christos 	inited = 1, p ("...\n");
   3084      1.1  christos 
   3085      1.1  christos       reloc_howto_type *howto =
   3086      1.1  christos 	loongarch_elf_rtype_to_howto (larch_reloc_queue[i].bfd,
   3087      1.1  christos 				      larch_reloc_queue[i].r_type);
   3088      1.1  christos       p ("0x%V %s\t`%s'", (bfd_vma) larch_reloc_queue[i].top_then,
   3089      1.1  christos 	 howto ? howto->name : "<unknown reloc>",
   3090      1.1  christos 	 loongarch_sym_name (larch_reloc_queue[i].bfd, larch_reloc_queue[i].h,
   3091      1.1  christos 			     larch_reloc_queue[i].sym));
   3092      1.1  christos 
   3093      1.1  christos       long addend = larch_reloc_queue[i].addend;
   3094      1.1  christos       if (addend < 0)
   3095      1.1  christos 	p (" - %ld", -addend);
   3096      1.1  christos       else if (0 < addend)
   3097      1.1  christos 	p (" + %ld(0x%v)", addend, larch_reloc_queue[i].addend);
   3098      1.1  christos 
   3099      1.1  christos       p ("\n");
   3100      1.1  christos       i = (i + 1) % LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH;
   3101      1.1  christos     }
   3102      1.1  christos   p ("\n"
   3103      1.1  christos      "-- Record dump end --\n\n");
   3104      1.1  christos }
   3105      1.1  christos 
   3106      1.1  christos static bool
   3107      1.1  christos loongarch_reloc_is_fatal (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3108      1.1  christos 			  bfd *input_bfd,
   3109      1.1  christos 			  asection *input_section,
   3110      1.1  christos 			  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   3111      1.1  christos 			  reloc_howto_type *howto,
   3112      1.1  christos 			  bfd_reloc_status_type rtype,
   3113      1.1  christos 			  bool is_undefweak,
   3114      1.1  christos 			  const char *name,
   3115      1.1  christos 			  const char *msg)
   3116      1.1  christos {
   3117      1.1  christos   bool fatal = true;
   3118      1.1  christos   switch (rtype)
   3119      1.1  christos     {
   3120      1.1  christos       /* 'dangerous' means we do it but can't promise it's ok
   3121      1.1  christos 	 'unsupport' means out of ability of relocation type
   3122      1.1  christos 	 'undefined' means we can't deal with the undefined symbol.  */
   3123      1.1  christos     case bfd_reloc_undefined:
   3124      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->undefined_symbol (info, name, input_bfd, input_section,
   3125      1.1  christos 					 rel->r_offset, true);
   3126      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->info ("%X%pB(%pA+0x%v): error: %s against %s`%s':\n%s\n",
   3127      1.1  christos 			     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   3128      1.1  christos 			     howto->name,
   3129      1.1  christos 			     is_undefweak ? "[undefweak] " : "", name, msg);
   3130      1.1  christos       break;
   3131      1.1  christos     case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
   3132      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->info ("%pB(%pA+0x%v): warning: %s against %s`%s':\n%s\n",
   3133      1.1  christos 			     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   3134      1.1  christos 			     howto->name,
   3135      1.1  christos 			     is_undefweak ? "[undefweak] " : "", name, msg);
   3136      1.1  christos       fatal = false;
   3137      1.1  christos       break;
   3138      1.1  christos     case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
   3139      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->info ("%X%pB(%pA+0x%v): error: %s against %s`%s':\n%s\n",
   3140      1.1  christos 			     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   3141      1.1  christos 			     howto->name,
   3142      1.1  christos 			     is_undefweak ? "[undefweak] " : "", name, msg);
   3143      1.1  christos       break;
   3144      1.1  christos     default:
   3145      1.1  christos       break;
   3146      1.1  christos     }
   3147      1.1  christos   return fatal;
   3148      1.1  christos }
   3149      1.1  christos 
   3150  1.1.1.2  christos /* If lo12 immediate > 0x7ff, because sign-extend caused by addi.d/ld.d,
   3151  1.1.1.2  christos    hi20 immediate need to add 0x1.
   3152  1.1.1.2  christos    For example: pc 0x120000000, symbol 0x120000812
   3153  1.1.1.2  christos    lo12 immediate is 0x812, 0x120000812 & 0xfff = 0x812
   3154  1.1.1.2  christos    hi20 immediate is 1, because lo12 imm > 0x7ff, symbol need to add 0x1000
   3155  1.1.1.2  christos    (((0x120000812 + 0x1000) & ~0xfff) - (0x120000000 & ~0xfff)) >> 12 = 0x1
   3156  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3157  1.1.1.2  christos    At run:
   3158  1.1.1.2  christos    pcalau12i $t0, hi20 (0x1)
   3159  1.1.1.2  christos       $t0 = 0x120000000 + (0x1 << 12) = 0x120001000
   3160  1.1.1.2  christos    addi.d $t0, $t0, lo12 (0x812)
   3161  1.1.1.2  christos       $t0 = 0x120001000 + 0xfffffffffffff812 (-(0x1000 - 0x812) = -0x7ee)
   3162  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x120001000 - 0x7ee (0x1000 - 0x7ee = 0x812)
   3163  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x120000812
   3164  1.1.1.2  christos     Without hi20 add 0x1000, the result 0x120000000 - 0x7ee = 0x11ffff812 is
   3165  1.1.1.2  christos     error.
   3166  1.1.1.2  christos     0x1000 + sign-extend-to64(0x8xx) = 0x8xx.  */
   3167      1.1  christos #define RELOCATE_CALC_PC32_HI20(relocation, pc) 	\
   3168      1.1  christos   ({							\
   3169  1.1.1.2  christos     bfd_vma __lo = (relocation) & ((bfd_vma)0xfff);	\
   3170  1.1.1.2  christos     relocation = (relocation & ~(bfd_vma)0xfff)		\
   3171  1.1.1.2  christos 		  - (pc & ~(bfd_vma)0xfff);		\
   3172  1.1.1.2  christos     if (__lo > 0x7ff)					\
   3173      1.1  christos 	relocation += 0x1000;				\
   3174      1.1  christos   })
   3175      1.1  christos 
   3176  1.1.1.2  christos /* Handle problems caused by symbol extensions in TLS LE, The processing
   3177  1.1.1.2  christos    is similar to the macro RELOCATE_CALC_PC32_HI20 method.  */
   3178  1.1.1.2  christos #define RELOCATE_TLS_TP32_HI20(relocation)		\
   3179  1.1.1.2  christos   ({							\
   3180  1.1.1.2  christos     bfd_vma __lo = (relocation) & ((bfd_vma)0xfff);	\
   3181  1.1.1.2  christos     if (__lo > 0x7ff)					\
   3182  1.1.1.2  christos 	relocation += 0x800;				\
   3183  1.1.1.2  christos     relocation = relocation & ~(bfd_vma)0xfff;		\
   3184  1.1.1.2  christos   })
   3185  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3186  1.1.1.2  christos /* For example: pc is 0x11000010000100, symbol is 0x1812348ffff812
   3187  1.1.1.2  christos    offset = (0x1812348ffff812 & ~0xfff) - (0x11000010000100 & ~0xfff)
   3188  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x712347ffff000
   3189  1.1.1.2  christos    lo12: 0x1812348ffff812 & 0xfff = 0x812
   3190  1.1.1.2  christos    hi20: 0x7ffff + 0x1(lo12 > 0x7ff) = 0x80000
   3191  1.1.1.2  christos    lo20: 0x71234 - 0x1(lo12 > 0x7ff) + 0x1(hi20 > 0x7ffff)
   3192  1.1.1.2  christos    hi12: 0x0
   3193  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3194  1.1.1.2  christos    pcalau12i $t1, hi20 (0x80000)
   3195  1.1.1.2  christos       $t1 = 0x11000010000100 + sign-extend(0x80000 << 12)
   3196  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x11000010000100 + 0xffffffff80000000
   3197  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x10ffff90000000
   3198  1.1.1.2  christos    addi.d $t0, $zero, lo12 (0x812)
   3199  1.1.1.2  christos       $t0 = 0xfffffffffffff812 (if lo12 > 0x7ff, because sign-extend,
   3200  1.1.1.2  christos       lo20 need to sub 0x1)
   3201  1.1.1.2  christos    lu32i.d $t0, lo20 (0x71234)
   3202  1.1.1.2  christos       $t0 = {0x71234, 0xfffff812}
   3203  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x71234fffff812
   3204  1.1.1.2  christos    lu52i.d $t0, hi12 (0x0)
   3205  1.1.1.2  christos       $t0 = {0x0, 0x71234fffff812}
   3206  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x71234fffff812
   3207  1.1.1.2  christos    add.d $t1, $t1, $t0
   3208  1.1.1.2  christos       $t1 = 0x10ffff90000000 + 0x71234fffff812
   3209  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x1812348ffff812.  */
   3210      1.1  christos #define RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32(relocation, pc)  	\
   3211      1.1  christos   ({							\
   3212  1.1.1.2  christos     bfd_vma __lo = (relocation & (bfd_vma)0xfff);	\
   3213  1.1.1.2  christos     relocation = (relocation & ~(bfd_vma)0xfff)		\
   3214  1.1.1.2  christos 		  - ((pc) & ~(bfd_vma)0xfff);		\
   3215  1.1.1.2  christos     if (__lo > 0x7ff)					\
   3216  1.1.1.2  christos 	relocation += (0x1000 - 0x100000000);		\
   3217  1.1.1.2  christos     if (relocation & 0x80000000)			\
   3218  1.1.1.2  christos       relocation += 0x100000000;			\
   3219      1.1  christos   })
   3220      1.1  christos 
   3221  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3222  1.1.1.2  christos /* Compute the tp/dtp offset of a tls symbol.
   3223  1.1.1.2  christos    It is dtp offset in dynamic tls model (gd/ld) and tp
   3224  1.1.1.2  christos    offset in static tls model (ie/le). Both offsets are
   3225  1.1.1.2  christos    calculated the same way on LoongArch, so the same
   3226  1.1.1.2  christos    function is used.  */
   3227  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   3228  1.1.1.2  christos tlsoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma addr)
   3229  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3230  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3231  1.1.1.2  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3232  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   3233  1.1.1.2  christos   return addr - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   3234  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3235  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3236      1.1  christos static int
   3237      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3238      1.1  christos 				bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
   3239      1.1  christos 				bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3240      1.1  christos 				Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3241      1.1  christos 				asection **local_sections)
   3242      1.1  christos {
   3243      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   3244      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   3245      1.1  christos   bool fatal = false;
   3246      1.1  christos   asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   3247      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   3248      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   3249      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3250      1.1  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   3251      1.1  christos   bool is_pic = bfd_link_pic (info);
   3252      1.1  christos   bool is_dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   3253      1.1  christos   asection *plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
   3254      1.1  christos   asection *got = htab->elf.sgot;
   3255      1.1  christos 
   3256      1.1  christos   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3257      1.1  christos   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
   3258      1.1  christos     {
   3259  1.1.1.2  christos       unsigned int r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3260      1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3261      1.1  christos       bfd_vma pc = sec_addr (input_section) + rel->r_offset;
   3262      1.1  christos       reloc_howto_type *howto = NULL;
   3263      1.1  christos       asection *sec = NULL;
   3264      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym = NULL;
   3265      1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   3266      1.1  christos       const char *name;
   3267      1.1  christos       bfd_reloc_status_type r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   3268  1.1.1.2  christos       bool is_ie, is_desc, is_undefweak, unresolved_reloc, defined_local;
   3269      1.1  christos       bool resolved_local, resolved_dynly, resolved_to_const;
   3270      1.1  christos       char tls_type;
   3271  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_vma relocation, off, ie_off, desc_off;
   3272      1.1  christos       int i, j;
   3273  1.1.1.3  christos       bool resolve_pcrel_undef_weak = false;
   3274      1.1  christos 
   3275  1.1.1.2  christos       /* When an unrecognized relocation is encountered, which usually
   3276  1.1.1.2  christos 	 occurs when using a newer assembler but an older linker, an error
   3277  1.1.1.2  christos 	 should be reported instead of continuing to the next relocation.  */
   3278      1.1  christos       howto = loongarch_elf_rtype_to_howto (input_bfd, r_type);
   3279  1.1.1.2  christos       if (howto == NULL)
   3280  1.1.1.2  christos 	return _bfd_unrecognized_reloc (input_bfd, input_section, r_type);
   3281  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3282  1.1.1.2  christos       if (r_type == R_LARCH_GNU_VTINHERIT || r_type == R_LARCH_GNU_VTENTRY)
   3283      1.1  christos 	continue;
   3284      1.1  christos 
   3285      1.1  christos       /* This is a final link.  */
   3286      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3287      1.1  christos 	{
   3288      1.1  christos 	  is_undefweak = false;
   3289      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3290      1.1  christos 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3291      1.1  christos 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3292      1.1  christos 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3293      1.1  christos 
   3294      1.1  christos 	  /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
   3295      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   3296      1.1  christos 	      && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3297      1.1  christos 	    {
   3298      1.1  christos 	      h = elfNN_loongarch_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd, rel,
   3299      1.1  christos 						      false);
   3300      1.1  christos 	      if (h == NULL)
   3301      1.1  christos 		abort ();
   3302      1.1  christos 
   3303      1.1  christos 	      /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value.  */
   3304      1.1  christos 	      h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value;
   3305      1.1  christos 	      h->root.u.def.section = sec;
   3306      1.1  christos 	    }
   3307      1.1  christos 	  defined_local = true;
   3308      1.1  christos 	  resolved_local = true;
   3309      1.1  christos 	  resolved_dynly = false;
   3310      1.1  christos 	  resolved_to_const = false;
   3311      1.1  christos 
   3312      1.1  christos 	  /* Calc in funtion elf_link_input_bfd,
   3313      1.1  christos 	   * if #define elf_backend_rela_normal to 1.  */
   3314      1.1  christos 	  if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   3315      1.1  christos 	      && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
   3316      1.1  christos 	    continue;
   3317      1.1  christos 	}
   3318      1.1  christos       else
   3319      1.1  christos 	{
   3320      1.1  christos 	  bool warned, ignored;
   3321      1.1  christos 
   3322      1.1  christos 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   3323      1.1  christos 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3324      1.1  christos 				   h, sec, relocation,
   3325      1.1  christos 				   unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
   3326      1.1  christos 	  /* Here means symbol isn't local symbol only and 'h != NULL'.  */
   3327      1.1  christos 
   3328      1.1  christos 	  /* The 'unresolved_syms_in_objects' specify how to deal with undefined
   3329      1.1  christos 	     symbol.  And 'dynamic_undefined_weak' specify what to do when
   3330      1.1  christos 	     meeting undefweak.  */
   3331      1.1  christos 
   3332      1.1  christos 	  if ((is_undefweak = h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3333      1.1  christos 	    {
   3334      1.1  christos 	      defined_local = false;
   3335      1.1  christos 	      resolved_local = false;
   3336      1.1  christos 	      resolved_to_const = (!is_dyn || h->dynindx == -1
   3337      1.1  christos 				   || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
   3338      1.1  christos 	      resolved_dynly = !resolved_local && !resolved_to_const;
   3339      1.1  christos 	    }
   3340      1.1  christos 	  else if (warned)
   3341      1.1  christos 	    {
   3342      1.1  christos 	      /* Symbol undefined offen means failed already.  I don't know why
   3343      1.1  christos 		 'warned' here but I guess it want to continue relocating as if
   3344      1.1  christos 		 no error occures to find other errors as more as possible.  */
   3345      1.1  christos 
   3346      1.1  christos 	      /* To avoid generating warning messages about truncated
   3347      1.1  christos 		 relocations, set the relocation's address to be the same as
   3348      1.1  christos 		 the start of this section.  */
   3349      1.1  christos 	      relocation = (input_section->output_section
   3350      1.1  christos 			    ? input_section->output_section->vma
   3351      1.1  christos 			    : 0);
   3352      1.1  christos 
   3353      1.1  christos 	      defined_local = relocation != 0;
   3354      1.1  christos 	      resolved_local = defined_local;
   3355      1.1  christos 	      resolved_to_const = !resolved_local;
   3356      1.1  christos 	      resolved_dynly = false;
   3357      1.1  christos 	    }
   3358      1.1  christos 	  else
   3359      1.1  christos 	    {
   3360      1.1  christos 	      defined_local = !unresolved_reloc && !ignored;
   3361      1.1  christos 	      resolved_local =
   3362  1.1.1.3  christos 		defined_local && LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h);
   3363      1.1  christos 	      resolved_dynly = !resolved_local;
   3364      1.1  christos 	      resolved_to_const = !resolved_local && !resolved_dynly;
   3365      1.1  christos 	    }
   3366      1.1  christos 	}
   3367      1.1  christos 
   3368      1.1  christos       name = loongarch_sym_name (input_bfd, h, sym);
   3369      1.1  christos 
   3370      1.1  christos       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3371      1.1  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   3372      1.1  christos 					 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   3373      1.1  christos 
   3374      1.1  christos       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3375      1.1  christos 	continue;
   3376      1.1  christos 
   3377      1.1  christos       /* The r_symndx will be STN_UNDEF (zero) only for relocs against symbols
   3378      1.1  christos 	 from removed linkonce sections, or sections discarded by a linker
   3379      1.1  christos 	 script.  Also for R_*_SOP_PUSH_ABSOLUTE and PCREL to specify const.  */
   3380  1.1.1.3  christos       if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
   3381      1.1  christos 	{
   3382      1.1  christos 	  defined_local = false;
   3383      1.1  christos 	  resolved_local = false;
   3384      1.1  christos 	  resolved_dynly = false;
   3385      1.1  christos 	  resolved_to_const = true;
   3386      1.1  christos 	}
   3387      1.1  christos 
   3388      1.1  christos       /* The ifunc reference generate plt.  */
   3389      1.1  christos       if (h && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   3390      1.1  christos 	{
   3391      1.1  christos 	  defined_local = true;
   3392      1.1  christos 	  resolved_local = true;
   3393      1.1  christos 	  resolved_dynly = false;
   3394      1.1  christos 	  resolved_to_const = false;
   3395      1.1  christos 	  relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   3396      1.1  christos 	}
   3397      1.1  christos 
   3398      1.1  christos       unresolved_reloc = resolved_dynly;
   3399      1.1  christos 
   3400      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (resolved_local + resolved_dynly + resolved_to_const == 1);
   3401      1.1  christos 
   3402      1.1  christos       /* BFD_ASSERT (!resolved_dynly || (h && h->dynindx != -1));.  */
   3403      1.1  christos 
   3404      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (!resolved_local || defined_local);
   3405      1.1  christos 
   3406  1.1.1.2  christos       is_desc = false;
   3407      1.1  christos       is_ie = false;
   3408      1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   3409      1.1  christos 	{
   3410      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_MARK_PCREL:
   3411      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_MARK_LA:
   3412      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_NONE:
   3413      1.1  christos 	  r = bfd_reloc_continue;
   3414      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3415      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3416      1.1  christos 
   3417      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_32:
   3418      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_64:
   3419      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_dynly || (is_pic && resolved_local))
   3420      1.1  christos 	    {
   3421      1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3422      1.1  christos 
   3423      1.1  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations are copied
   3424      1.1  christos 		 into the output file to be resolved at run time.  */
   3425      1.1  christos 
   3426      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   3427      1.1  christos 							 input_section,
   3428      1.1  christos 							 rel->r_offset);
   3429      1.1  christos 
   3430      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = (!((bfd_vma) -2 <= outrel.r_offset)
   3431      1.1  christos 				  && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC));
   3432      1.1  christos 
   3433      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset += sec_addr (input_section);
   3434      1.1  christos 
   3435      1.1  christos 	      /* A pointer point to a ifunc symbol.  */
   3436      1.1  christos 	      if (h && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3437      1.1  christos 		{
   3438      1.1  christos 		  if (h->dynindx == -1)
   3439      1.1  christos 		    {
   3440      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_IRELATIVE);
   3441      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   3442      1.1  christos 				  + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   3443      1.1  christos 				  + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   3444      1.1  christos 		    }
   3445      1.1  christos 		  else
   3446      1.1  christos 		    {
   3447      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_LARCH_NN);
   3448      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3449      1.1  christos 		    }
   3450      1.1  christos 
   3451  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h))
   3452      1.1  christos 		    {
   3453      1.1  christos 
   3454      1.1  christos 		      if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   3455      1.1  christos 			sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
   3456      1.1  christos 		      else
   3457      1.1  christos 			sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
   3458      1.1  christos 		    }
   3459      1.1  christos 		  else
   3460      1.1  christos 		    {
   3461      1.1  christos 
   3462      1.1  christos 		      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3463      1.1  christos 			sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc;
   3464      1.1  christos 		      else if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   3465      1.1  christos 			sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
   3466      1.1  christos 		      else
   3467      1.1  christos 			sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
   3468      1.1  christos 		    }
   3469      1.1  christos 		}
   3470      1.1  christos 	      else if (resolved_dynly)
   3471      1.1  christos 		{
   3472      1.1  christos 		  if (h->dynindx == -1)
   3473  1.1.1.2  christos 		    outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, r_type);
   3474      1.1  christos 		  else
   3475      1.1  christos 		    outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   3476      1.1  christos 
   3477      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   3478      1.1  christos 		}
   3479      1.1  christos 	      else
   3480      1.1  christos 		{
   3481      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   3482      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3483      1.1  christos 		}
   3484      1.1  christos 
   3485  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* No alloc space of func allocate_dynrelocs.
   3486  1.1.1.3  christos 		 No alloc space of invalid R_LARCH_32 in ELFCLASS64.  */
   3487      1.1  christos 	      if (unresolved_reloc
   3488  1.1.1.3  christos 		  && (ARCH_SIZE == 32 || r_type != R_LARCH_32)
   3489      1.1  christos 		  && !(h && (h->is_weakalias || !h->dyn_relocs)))
   3490  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   3491  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (info->enable_dt_relr
   3492  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && (ELFNN_R_TYPE (outrel.r_info) == R_LARCH_RELATIVE)
   3493  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && input_section->alignment_power != 0
   3494  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && rel->r_offset % 2 == 0)
   3495  1.1.1.3  christos 		    /* Don't emit a relative relocation that is packed,
   3496  1.1.1.3  christos 		       only apply the addend (as if we are applying the
   3497  1.1.1.3  christos 		       original R_LARCH_NN reloc in a PDE).  */
   3498  1.1.1.3  christos 		    r = perform_relocation (rel, input_section, howto,
   3499  1.1.1.3  christos 					    relocation, input_bfd,
   3500  1.1.1.3  christos 					    contents);
   3501  1.1.1.3  christos 		  else
   3502  1.1.1.3  christos 		    loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc,
   3503  1.1.1.3  christos 					       &outrel);
   3504  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   3505      1.1  christos 	    }
   3506      1.1  christos 
   3507      1.1  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3508      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3509      1.1  christos 
   3510  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD6:
   3511      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD8:
   3512      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD16:
   3513      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD24:
   3514      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD32:
   3515      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD64:
   3516  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   3517  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_vma old_value = bfd_get (howto->bitsize, input_bfd,
   3518  1.1.1.2  christos 					 contents + rel->r_offset);
   3519  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation = old_value + relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3520  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3521  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   3522  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3523  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB6:
   3524      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB8:
   3525      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB16:
   3526      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB24:
   3527      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB32:
   3528      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB64:
   3529  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   3530  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_vma old_value = bfd_get (howto->bitsize, input_bfd,
   3531  1.1.1.2  christos 					  contents + rel->r_offset);
   3532  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation = old_value - relocation - rel->r_addend;
   3533  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3534  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   3535  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3536  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD_ULEB128:
   3537  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB_ULEB128:
   3538  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   3539  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* Get the value and length of the uleb128 data.  */
   3540  1.1.1.2  christos 	    unsigned int len = 0;
   3541  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_vma old_value = _bfd_read_unsigned_leb128 (input_bfd,
   3542  1.1.1.2  christos 				    contents + rel->r_offset, &len);
   3543  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3544  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (R_LARCH_ADD_ULEB128 == ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   3545  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = old_value + relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3546  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else if (R_LARCH_SUB_ULEB128 == ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   3547  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = old_value - relocation - rel->r_addend;
   3548  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3549  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_vma mask = (1 << (7 * len)) - 1;
   3550  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation &= mask;
   3551  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3552  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   3553      1.1  christos 
   3554      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL32:
   3555      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL64:
   3556      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_dynly)
   3557      1.1  christos 	    {
   3558      1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3559      1.1  christos 
   3560      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   3561      1.1  christos 							 input_section,
   3562      1.1  christos 							 rel->r_offset);
   3563      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = (!((bfd_vma) -2 <= outrel.r_offset)
   3564      1.1  christos 				  && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC));
   3565      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   3566      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset += sec_addr (input_section);
   3567      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   3568      1.1  christos 	      if (unresolved_reloc)
   3569      1.1  christos 		loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
   3570      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3571      1.1  christos 	    }
   3572      1.1  christos 
   3573      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_to_const)
   3574      1.1  christos 	    fatal = loongarch_reloc_is_fatal (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3575      1.1  christos 					      rel, howto,
   3576      1.1  christos 					      bfd_reloc_notsupported,
   3577      1.1  christos 					      is_undefweak, name,
   3578      1.1  christos 					      "Internal:");
   3579      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_local)
   3580      1.1  christos 	    {
   3581      1.1  christos 	      if (!elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec)
   3582      1.1  christos 		{
   3583      1.1  christos 		fatal = loongarch_reloc_is_fatal (info, input_bfd,
   3584      1.1  christos 			  input_section, rel, howto, bfd_reloc_notsupported,
   3585      1.1  christos 			  is_undefweak, name, "TLS section not be created");
   3586      1.1  christos 		}
   3587      1.1  christos 	      else
   3588  1.1.1.2  christos 		relocation = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   3589      1.1  christos 	    }
   3590      1.1  christos 	  else
   3591      1.1  christos 	    {
   3592      1.1  christos 	    fatal = loongarch_reloc_is_fatal (info, input_bfd,
   3593      1.1  christos 		      input_section, rel, howto, bfd_reloc_undefined,
   3594      1.1  christos 		      is_undefweak, name,
   3595      1.1  christos 		      "TLS LE just can be resolved local only.");
   3596      1.1  christos 	    }
   3597      1.1  christos 
   3598      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3599      1.1  christos 
   3600      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_TPREL:
   3601      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_local)
   3602      1.1  christos 	    {
   3603      1.1  christos 	      if (!elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec)
   3604      1.1  christos 		fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3605      1.1  christos 			 (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3606      1.1  christos 			  bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3607      1.1  christos 			  "TLS section not be created"));
   3608      1.1  christos 	      else
   3609  1.1.1.3  christos 		relocation = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   3610      1.1  christos 	    }
   3611      1.1  christos 	  else
   3612      1.1  christos 	    fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3613      1.1  christos 		     (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3614      1.1  christos 		      bfd_reloc_undefined, is_undefweak, name,
   3615      1.1  christos 		      "TLS LE just can be resolved local only."));
   3616      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3617      1.1  christos 
   3618      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_ABSOLUTE:
   3619      1.1  christos 	  if (is_undefweak)
   3620      1.1  christos 	    {
   3621      1.1  christos 	      if (resolved_dynly)
   3622      1.1  christos 		fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3623      1.1  christos 			 (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3624      1.1  christos 			  bfd_reloc_dangerous, is_undefweak, name,
   3625      1.1  christos 			  "Someone require us to resolve undefweak "
   3626      1.1  christos 			  "symbol dynamically.  \n"
   3627      1.1  christos 			  "But this reloc can't be done.  "
   3628      1.1  christos 			  "I think I can't throw error "
   3629      1.1  christos 			  "for this\n"
   3630      1.1  christos 			  "so I resolved it to 0.  "
   3631      1.1  christos 			  "I suggest to re-compile with '-fpic'."));
   3632      1.1  christos 
   3633      1.1  christos 	      relocation = 0;
   3634      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = false;
   3635      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3636      1.1  christos 	    }
   3637      1.1  christos 
   3638      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_to_const)
   3639      1.1  christos 	    {
   3640      1.1  christos 	      relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3641      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3642      1.1  christos 	    }
   3643      1.1  christos 
   3644      1.1  christos 	  if (is_pic)
   3645      1.1  christos 	    {
   3646      1.1  christos 	      fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3647      1.1  christos 		       (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3648      1.1  christos 			bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3649      1.1  christos 			"Under PIC we don't know load address.  Re-compile "
   3650      1.1  christos 			"with '-fpic'?"));
   3651      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3652      1.1  christos 	    }
   3653      1.1  christos 
   3654      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_dynly)
   3655      1.1  christos 	    {
   3656      1.1  christos 	      if (!(plt && h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE))
   3657      1.1  christos 		{
   3658      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3659      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3660      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_undefined, is_undefweak, name,
   3661      1.1  christos 			    "Can't be resolved dynamically.  Try to re-compile "
   3662      1.1  christos 			    "with '-fpic'?"));
   3663      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3664      1.1  christos 		}
   3665      1.1  christos 
   3666      1.1  christos 	      if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   3667      1.1  christos 		{
   3668      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3669      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3670      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3671      1.1  christos 			    "Shouldn't be with r_addend."));
   3672      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3673      1.1  christos 		}
   3674      1.1  christos 
   3675      1.1  christos 	      relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   3676      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = false;
   3677      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3678      1.1  christos 	    }
   3679      1.1  christos 
   3680      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_local)
   3681      1.1  christos 	    {
   3682      1.1  christos 	      relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3683      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3684      1.1  christos 	    }
   3685      1.1  christos 
   3686      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3687      1.1  christos 
   3688      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PCREL:
   3689      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PLT_PCREL:
   3690      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3691      1.1  christos 
   3692      1.1  christos 	  if (is_undefweak)
   3693      1.1  christos 	    {
   3694      1.1  christos 	      i = 0, j = 0;
   3695      1.1  christos 	      relocation = 0;
   3696      1.1  christos 	      if (resolved_dynly)
   3697      1.1  christos 		{
   3698      1.1  christos 		  if (h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   3699      1.1  christos 		    i = 1, j = 2;
   3700      1.1  christos 		  else
   3701      1.1  christos 		    fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3702      1.1  christos 			     (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3703      1.1  christos 			      bfd_reloc_dangerous, is_undefweak, name,
   3704      1.1  christos 			      "Undefweak need to be resolved dynamically, "
   3705      1.1  christos 			      "but PLT stub doesn't represent."));
   3706      1.1  christos 		}
   3707      1.1  christos 	    }
   3708      1.1  christos 	  else
   3709      1.1  christos 	    {
   3710      1.1  christos 	      if (!(defined_local || (h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)))
   3711      1.1  christos 		{
   3712      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3713      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3714      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_undefined, is_undefweak, name,
   3715      1.1  christos 			    "PLT stub does not represent and "
   3716      1.1  christos 			    "symbol not defined."));
   3717      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3718      1.1  christos 		}
   3719      1.1  christos 
   3720      1.1  christos 	      if (resolved_local)
   3721      1.1  christos 		i = 0, j = 2;
   3722      1.1  christos 	      else /* if (resolved_dynly) */
   3723      1.1  christos 		{
   3724      1.1  christos 		  if (!(h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE))
   3725      1.1  christos 		    fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3726      1.1  christos 			     (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3727      1.1  christos 			      bfd_reloc_dangerous, is_undefweak, name,
   3728      1.1  christos 			      "Internal: PLT stub doesn't represent.  "
   3729      1.1  christos 			      "Resolve it with pcrel"));
   3730      1.1  christos 		  i = 1, j = 3;
   3731      1.1  christos 		}
   3732      1.1  christos 	    }
   3733      1.1  christos 
   3734      1.1  christos 	  for (; i < j; i++)
   3735      1.1  christos 	    {
   3736      1.1  christos 	      if ((i & 1) == 0 && defined_local)
   3737      1.1  christos 		{
   3738      1.1  christos 		  relocation -= pc;
   3739      1.1  christos 		  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3740      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3741      1.1  christos 		}
   3742      1.1  christos 
   3743      1.1  christos 	      if ((i & 1) && h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   3744      1.1  christos 		{
   3745      1.1  christos 		  if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   3746      1.1  christos 		    {
   3747      1.1  christos 		      fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3748      1.1  christos 			       (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3749      1.1  christos 				bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3750      1.1  christos 				"PLT shouldn't be with r_addend."));
   3751      1.1  christos 		      break;
   3752      1.1  christos 		    }
   3753      1.1  christos 		  relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset - pc;
   3754      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3755      1.1  christos 		}
   3756      1.1  christos 	    }
   3757      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3758      1.1  christos 
   3759      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_GPREL:
   3760      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3761      1.1  christos 
   3762      1.1  christos 	  if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   3763      1.1  christos 	    {
   3764      1.1  christos 	      fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3765      1.1  christos 		       (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3766      1.1  christos 			bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3767      1.1  christos 			"Shouldn't be with r_addend."));
   3768      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3769      1.1  christos 	    }
   3770      1.1  christos 
   3771      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3772      1.1  christos 	    {
   3773      1.1  christos 	      off = h->got.offset & (~1);
   3774      1.1  christos 
   3775      1.1  christos 	      if (h->got.offset == MINUS_ONE && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3776      1.1  christos 		{
   3777      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3778      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3779      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3780      1.1  christos 			    "Internal: GOT entry doesn't represent."));
   3781      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3782      1.1  christos 		}
   3783      1.1  christos 
   3784      1.1  christos 	      /* Hidden symbol not has .got entry, only .got.plt entry
   3785      1.1  christos 		 so gprel is (plt - got).  */
   3786      1.1  christos 	      if (h->got.offset == MINUS_ONE && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3787      1.1  christos 		{
   3788      1.1  christos 		  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3789      1.1  christos 		    {
   3790      1.1  christos 		      abort();
   3791      1.1  christos 		    }
   3792      1.1  christos 
   3793      1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3794      1.1  christos 		  off = plt_index * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3795      1.1  christos 
   3796      1.1  christos 		  if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   3797      1.1  christos 		    {
   3798      1.1  christos 		      /* Section .plt header is 2 times of plt entry.  */
   3799      1.1  christos 		      off = sec_addr (htab->elf.sgotplt) + off
   3800      1.1  christos 			- sec_addr (htab->elf.sgot);
   3801      1.1  christos 		    }
   3802      1.1  christos 		  else
   3803      1.1  christos 		    {
   3804      1.1  christos 		      /* Section iplt not has plt header.  */
   3805      1.1  christos 		      off = sec_addr (htab->elf.igotplt) + off
   3806      1.1  christos 			- sec_addr (htab->elf.sgot);
   3807      1.1  christos 		    }
   3808      1.1  christos 		}
   3809      1.1  christos 
   3810      1.1  christos 	      if ((h->got.offset & 1) == 0)
   3811      1.1  christos 		{
   3812      1.1  christos 		  if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (is_dyn,
   3813      1.1  christos 							bfd_link_pic (info), h)
   3814      1.1  christos 		      && ((bfd_link_pic (info)
   3815  1.1.1.3  christos 			   && LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h))))
   3816      1.1  christos 		    {
   3817      1.1  christos 		      /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3818      1.1  christos 			 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3819      1.1  christos 			 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3820      1.1  christos 			 because of a version file.  We must initialize
   3821      1.1  christos 			 this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
   3822      1.1  christos 			 offset must always be a multiple of the word size,
   3823      1.1  christos 			 we use the least significant bit to record whether
   3824      1.1  christos 			 we have initialized it already.
   3825      1.1  christos 
   3826      1.1  christos 			 When doing a dynamic link, we create a rela.got
   3827      1.1  christos 			 relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   3828      1.1  christos 			 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   3829      1.1  christos 
   3830      1.1  christos 		      if (resolved_dynly)
   3831      1.1  christos 			{
   3832      1.1  christos 			  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3833      1.1  christos 				   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3834      1.1  christos 				    bfd_reloc_dangerous, is_undefweak, name,
   3835      1.1  christos 				    "Internal: here shouldn't dynamic."));
   3836      1.1  christos 			}
   3837      1.1  christos 
   3838      1.1  christos 		      if (!(defined_local || resolved_to_const))
   3839      1.1  christos 			{
   3840      1.1  christos 			  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3841      1.1  christos 				   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3842      1.1  christos 				    bfd_reloc_undefined, is_undefweak, name,
   3843      1.1  christos 				    "Internal: "));
   3844      1.1  christos 			  break;
   3845      1.1  christos 			}
   3846      1.1  christos 
   3847      1.1  christos 		      asection *s;
   3848      1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3849      1.1  christos 		      /* We need to generate a R_LARCH_RELATIVE reloc
   3850      1.1  christos 			 for the dynamic linker.  */
   3851      1.1  christos 		      s = htab->elf.srelgot;
   3852      1.1  christos 		      if (!s)
   3853      1.1  christos 			{
   3854      1.1  christos 			  fatal = loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3855      1.1  christos 			    (info, input_bfd,
   3856      1.1  christos 			     input_section, rel, howto,
   3857      1.1  christos 			     bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3858      1.1  christos 			     "Internal: '.rel.got' not represent");
   3859      1.1  christos 			  break;
   3860      1.1  christos 			}
   3861      1.1  christos 
   3862      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + off;
   3863      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   3864      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation; /* Link-time addr.  */
   3865      1.1  christos 		      loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, s, &outrel);
   3866      1.1  christos 		    }
   3867      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, relocation, got->contents + off);
   3868      1.1  christos 		  h->got.offset |= 1;
   3869      1.1  christos 		}
   3870      1.1  christos 	    }
   3871      1.1  christos 	  else
   3872      1.1  christos 	    {
   3873      1.1  christos 	      if (!local_got_offsets)
   3874      1.1  christos 		{
   3875      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3876      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3877      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3878      1.1  christos 			    "Internal: local got offsets not reporesent."));
   3879      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3880      1.1  christos 		}
   3881      1.1  christos 
   3882      1.1  christos 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & (~1);
   3883      1.1  christos 
   3884      1.1  christos 	      if (local_got_offsets[r_symndx] == MINUS_ONE)
   3885      1.1  christos 		{
   3886      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3887      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3888      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3889      1.1  christos 			    "Internal: GOT entry doesn't represent."));
   3890      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3891      1.1  christos 		}
   3892      1.1  christos 
   3893      1.1  christos 	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of the word size.
   3894      1.1  christos 		 So, we can use the least significant bit to record
   3895      1.1  christos 		 whether we have already processed this entry.  */
   3896      1.1  christos 	      if ((local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & 1) == 0)
   3897      1.1  christos 		{
   3898      1.1  christos 		  if (is_pic)
   3899      1.1  christos 		    {
   3900      1.1  christos 		      asection *s;
   3901      1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3902      1.1  christos 		      /* We need to generate a R_LARCH_RELATIVE reloc
   3903      1.1  christos 			 for the dynamic linker.  */
   3904      1.1  christos 		      s = htab->elf.srelgot;
   3905      1.1  christos 		      if (!s)
   3906      1.1  christos 			{
   3907      1.1  christos 			  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3908      1.1  christos 				   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3909      1.1  christos 				    bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3910      1.1  christos 				    "Internal: '.rel.got' not represent"));
   3911      1.1  christos 			  break;
   3912      1.1  christos 			}
   3913      1.1  christos 
   3914      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + off;
   3915      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   3916      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation; /* Link-time addr.  */
   3917      1.1  christos 		      loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, s, &outrel);
   3918      1.1  christos 		    }
   3919      1.1  christos 
   3920      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, relocation, got->contents + off);
   3921      1.1  christos 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3922      1.1  christos 		}
   3923      1.1  christos 	    }
   3924      1.1  christos 	  relocation = off;
   3925      1.1  christos 
   3926      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3927      1.1  christos 
   3928      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GOT:
   3929      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GD:
   3930      1.1  christos 	  {
   3931      1.1  christos 	    unresolved_reloc = false;
   3932      1.1  christos 	    if (r_type == R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GOT)
   3933      1.1  christos 	      is_ie = true;
   3934      1.1  christos 
   3935      1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma got_off = 0;
   3936      1.1  christos 	    if (h != NULL)
   3937      1.1  christos 	      {
   3938      1.1  christos 		got_off = h->got.offset;
   3939      1.1  christos 		h->got.offset |= 1;
   3940      1.1  christos 	      }
   3941      1.1  christos 	    else
   3942      1.1  christos 	      {
   3943      1.1  christos 		got_off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   3944      1.1  christos 		local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3945      1.1  christos 	      }
   3946      1.1  christos 
   3947      1.1  christos 	    BFD_ASSERT (got_off != MINUS_ONE);
   3948      1.1  christos 
   3949      1.1  christos 	    ie_off = 0;
   3950      1.1  christos 	    tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (input_bfd, h, r_symndx);
   3951      1.1  christos 	    if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
   3952      1.1  christos 	      ie_off = 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3953      1.1  christos 
   3954      1.1  christos 	    if ((got_off & 1) == 0)
   3955      1.1  christos 	      {
   3956      1.1  christos 		Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   3957      1.1  christos 		asection *srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
   3958      1.1  christos 
   3959  1.1.1.3  christos 		int indx = 0;
   3960  1.1.1.3  christos 		bool need_reloc = false;
   3961  1.1.1.3  christos 		LARCH_TLS_GD_IE_NEED_DYN_RELOC (info, is_dyn, h, indx,
   3962  1.1.1.3  christos 						need_reloc);
   3963      1.1  christos 
   3964      1.1  christos 		if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   3965      1.1  christos 		  {
   3966  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (need_reloc)
   3967      1.1  christos 		      {
   3968  1.1.1.3  christos 			/* Dynamic resolved Module ID.  */
   3969  1.1.1.3  christos 			rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off;
   3970  1.1.1.3  christos 			rela.r_addend = 0;
   3971  1.1.1.3  christos 			rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (indx, R_LARCH_TLS_DTPMODNN);
   3972  1.1.1.3  christos 			bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0, got->contents + got_off);
   3973  1.1.1.3  christos 			loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srel, &rela);
   3974  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3975  1.1.1.3  christos 			if (indx == 0)
   3976  1.1.1.3  christos 			  {
   3977  1.1.1.3  christos 			    /* Local symbol, tp offset has been known.  */
   3978  1.1.1.3  christos 			    BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
   3979  1.1.1.3  christos 			    bfd_put_NN (output_bfd,
   3980  1.1.1.3  christos 				tlsoff (info, relocation),
   3981  1.1.1.3  christos 				(got->contents + got_off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE));
   3982  1.1.1.3  christos 			  }
   3983      1.1  christos 			else
   3984      1.1  christos 			  {
   3985  1.1.1.3  christos 			    /* Dynamic resolved block offset.  */
   3986  1.1.1.3  christos 			    bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0,
   3987  1.1.1.3  christos 				got->contents + got_off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   3988  1.1.1.3  christos 			    rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (indx,
   3989  1.1.1.3  christos 						R_LARCH_TLS_DTPRELNN);
   3990  1.1.1.3  christos 			    rela.r_offset += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3991      1.1  christos 			    loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srel, &rela);
   3992      1.1  christos 			  }
   3993      1.1  christos 		      }
   3994      1.1  christos 		    else
   3995      1.1  christos 		      {
   3996  1.1.1.3  christos 			/* In a static link or an executable link with the symbol
   3997  1.1.1.3  christos 			   binding locally.  Mark it as belonging to module 1.  */
   3998  1.1.1.3  christos 			bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 1, got->contents + got_off);
   3999  1.1.1.3  christos 			bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, tlsoff (info, relocation),
   4000  1.1.1.3  christos 			    got->contents + got_off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   4001      1.1  christos 		      }
   4002      1.1  christos 		  }
   4003      1.1  christos 		if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
   4004      1.1  christos 		  {
   4005  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (need_reloc)
   4006      1.1  christos 		      {
   4007  1.1.1.3  christos 			bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0,
   4008  1.1.1.3  christos 			    got->contents + got_off + ie_off);
   4009  1.1.1.3  christos 			rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off + ie_off;
   4010  1.1.1.3  christos 			rela.r_addend = 0;
   4011      1.1  christos 
   4012  1.1.1.3  christos 			if (indx == 0)
   4013  1.1.1.3  christos 			  rela.r_addend = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   4014  1.1.1.3  christos 			rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (indx, R_LARCH_TLS_TPRELNN);
   4015  1.1.1.3  christos 			loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srel, &rela);
   4016      1.1  christos 		      }
   4017      1.1  christos 		    else
   4018      1.1  christos 		      {
   4019  1.1.1.3  christos 			/* In a static link or an executable link with the symbol
   4020  1.1.1.3  christos 			   binding locally, compute offset directly.  */
   4021  1.1.1.3  christos 			bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, tlsoff (info, relocation),
   4022  1.1.1.3  christos 			    got->contents + got_off + ie_off);
   4023      1.1  christos 		      }
   4024      1.1  christos 		  }
   4025      1.1  christos 	      }
   4026      1.1  christos 
   4027      1.1  christos 	    relocation = (got_off & (~(bfd_vma)1)) + (is_ie ? ie_off : 0);
   4028      1.1  christos 	  }
   4029      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4030      1.1  christos 
   4031      1.1  christos 	/* New reloc types.  */
   4032  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_B16:
   4033      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_B21:
   4034      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_B26:
   4035  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_CALL36:
   4036      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   4037  1.1.1.3  christos 	  bool via_plt =
   4038  1.1.1.3  christos 	    plt != NULL && h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) - 1;
   4039  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4040      1.1  christos 	  if (is_undefweak)
   4041      1.1  christos 	    {
   4042      1.1  christos 	      relocation = 0;
   4043  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4044  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* A call to an undefined weak symbol is converted to 0.  */
   4045  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (!via_plt && IS_CALL_RELOC (r_type))
   4046  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   4047  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* call36 fn1 => pcaddu18i $ra,0+jirl $ra,$zero,0
   4048  1.1.1.3  christos 		     tail36 $t0,fn1 => pcaddi18i $t0,0+jirl $zero,$zero,0  */
   4049  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (R_LARCH_CALL36 == r_type)
   4050  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   4051  1.1.1.3  christos 		      uint32_t jirl = bfd_get (32, input_bfd,
   4052  1.1.1.3  christos 					  contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   4053  1.1.1.3  christos 		      uint32_t rd = LARCH_GET_RD (jirl);
   4054  1.1.1.3  christos 		      jirl = LARCH_OP_JIRL | rd;
   4055  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4056  1.1.1.3  christos 		      bfd_put (32, input_bfd, jirl,
   4057  1.1.1.3  christos 			       contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   4058  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   4059  1.1.1.3  christos 		  else
   4060  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   4061  1.1.1.3  christos 		      uint32_t b_bl = bfd_get (32, input_bfd,
   4062  1.1.1.3  christos 					       contents + rel->r_offset);
   4063  1.1.1.3  christos 		      /* b %plt(fn1) => jirl $zero,zero,0.  */
   4064  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (LARCH_INSN_B (b_bl))
   4065  1.1.1.3  christos 			bfd_put (32, input_bfd, LARCH_OP_JIRL,
   4066  1.1.1.3  christos 				 contents + rel->r_offset);
   4067  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else
   4068  1.1.1.3  christos 		      /* bl %plt(fn1) => jirl $ra,zero,0.  */
   4069  1.1.1.3  christos 		      bfd_put (32, input_bfd, LARCH_OP_JIRL | 0x1,
   4070  1.1.1.3  christos 			       contents + rel->r_offset);
   4071  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   4072  1.1.1.3  christos 		  r = bfd_reloc_continue;
   4073  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   4074  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   4075      1.1  christos 	    }
   4076      1.1  christos 
   4077      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_local)
   4078      1.1  christos 	    {
   4079      1.1  christos 	      relocation -= pc;
   4080      1.1  christos 	      relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4081      1.1  christos 	    }
   4082      1.1  christos 	  else if (resolved_dynly)
   4083      1.1  christos 	    {
   4084      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (h
   4085      1.1  christos 			  && (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE
   4086      1.1  christos 			      || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   4087      1.1  christos 			  && rel->r_addend == 0);
   4088      1.1  christos 	      if (h && h->plt.offset == MINUS_ONE
   4089      1.1  christos 		  && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   4090      1.1  christos 		{
   4091      1.1  christos 		  relocation -= pc;
   4092      1.1  christos 		  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4093      1.1  christos 		}
   4094      1.1  christos 	      else
   4095      1.1  christos 		relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset - pc;
   4096      1.1  christos 	    }
   4097      1.1  christos 
   4098      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4099      1.1  christos 
   4100      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ABS_HI20:
   4101      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ABS_LO12:
   4102      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ABS64_LO20:
   4103      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ABS64_HI12:
   4104      1.1  christos 
   4105      1.1  christos 	  if (is_undefweak)
   4106      1.1  christos 	    {
   4107      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (resolved_dynly);
   4108      1.1  christos 	      relocation = 0;
   4109      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4110      1.1  christos 	    }
   4111      1.1  christos 	  else if (resolved_to_const || resolved_local)
   4112      1.1  christos 	    {
   4113      1.1  christos 	      relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4114      1.1  christos 	    }
   4115      1.1  christos 	  else if (resolved_dynly)
   4116      1.1  christos 	    {
   4117      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = false;
   4118      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT ((plt && h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   4119      1.1  christos 			  && rel->r_addend == 0);
   4120      1.1  christos 	      relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   4121      1.1  christos 	    }
   4122      1.1  christos 
   4123      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4124      1.1  christos 
   4125  1.1.1.3  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCALA64_HI12:
   4126  1.1.1.3  christos 	  pc -= 4;
   4127  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   4128  1.1.1.3  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCALA64_LO20:
   4129  1.1.1.3  christos 	  pc -= 8;
   4130  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   4131  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCREL20_S2:
   4132      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20:
   4133      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   4134  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4135  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* If sym is undef weak and it's hidden or we are doing a static
   4136  1.1.1.3  christos 	     link, (sym + addend) should be resolved to runtime address
   4137  1.1.1.3  christos 	     (0 + addend).  */
   4138  1.1.1.3  christos 	  resolve_pcrel_undef_weak =
   4139  1.1.1.3  christos 	    ((info->nointerp
   4140  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || (h && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT))
   4141  1.1.1.3  christos 	     && is_undefweak);
   4142  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4143  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (resolve_pcrel_undef_weak)
   4144  1.1.1.3  christos 	    pc = 0;
   4145  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4146      1.1  christos 	  if (h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   4147      1.1  christos 	    relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   4148      1.1  christos 	  else
   4149      1.1  christos 	    relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4150      1.1  christos 
   4151  1.1.1.3  christos 	  switch (r_type)
   4152  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4153  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_PCREL20_S2:
   4154  1.1.1.3  christos 	      relocation -= pc;
   4155  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (resolve_pcrel_undef_weak)
   4156  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   4157  1.1.1.3  christos 		  bfd_signed_vma addr = (bfd_signed_vma) relocation;
   4158  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (addr >= 2048 || addr < -2048)
   4159  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   4160  1.1.1.3  christos 		      const char *msg =
   4161  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("cannot resolve R_LARCH_PCREL20_S2 against "
   4162  1.1.1.3  christos 			  "undefined weak symbol with addend out of "
   4163  1.1.1.3  christos 			  "[-2048, 2048)");
   4164  1.1.1.3  christos 		      fatal =
   4165  1.1.1.3  christos 			loongarch_reloc_is_fatal (info, input_bfd,
   4166  1.1.1.3  christos 						  input_section, rel,
   4167  1.1.1.3  christos 						  howto,
   4168  1.1.1.3  christos 						  bfd_reloc_notsupported,
   4169  1.1.1.3  christos 						  is_undefweak, name, msg);
   4170  1.1.1.3  christos 		      break;
   4171  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   4172  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4173  1.1.1.3  christos 		  uint32_t insn = bfd_get (32, input_bfd,
   4174  1.1.1.3  christos 					   contents + rel->r_offset);
   4175  1.1.1.3  christos 		  insn = LARCH_GET_RD (insn) | LARCH_OP_ADDI_W;
   4176  1.1.1.3  christos 		  insn |= (relocation & 0xfff) << 10;
   4177  1.1.1.3  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4178  1.1.1.3  christos 		  r = bfd_reloc_continue;
   4179  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   4180  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   4181  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20:
   4182  1.1.1.3  christos 	      RELOCATE_CALC_PC32_HI20 (relocation, pc);
   4183  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (resolve_pcrel_undef_weak)
   4184  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   4185  1.1.1.3  christos 		  uint32_t insn = bfd_get (32, input_bfd,
   4186  1.1.1.3  christos 					   contents + rel->r_offset);
   4187  1.1.1.3  christos 		  insn = LARCH_GET_RD (insn) | LARCH_OP_LU12I_W;
   4188  1.1.1.3  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4189  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   4190  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   4191  1.1.1.3  christos 	    default:
   4192  1.1.1.3  christos 	      RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc);
   4193  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4194  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4195      1.1  christos 
   4196  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20_R:
   4197  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4198  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   4199  1.1.1.2  christos 	  RELOCATE_TLS_TP32_HI20 (relocation);
   4200      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4201      1.1  christos 
   4202      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCALA_LO12:
   4203      1.1  christos 	  /* Not support if sym_addr in 2k page edge.
   4204      1.1  christos 	     pcalau12i pc_hi20 (sym_addr)
   4205      1.1  christos 	     ld.w/d pc_lo12 (sym_addr)
   4206      1.1  christos 	     ld.w/d pc_lo12 (sym_addr + x)
   4207      1.1  christos 	     ...
   4208      1.1  christos 	     can not calc correct address
   4209      1.1  christos 	     if sym_addr < 0x800 && sym_addr + x >= 0x800.  */
   4210      1.1  christos 
   4211      1.1  christos 	  if (h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   4212      1.1  christos 	    relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   4213      1.1  christos 	  else
   4214      1.1  christos 	    relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4215      1.1  christos 
   4216      1.1  christos 	  /* For 2G jump, generate pcalau12i, jirl.  */
   4217      1.1  christos 	  /* If use jirl, turns to R_LARCH_B16.  */
   4218      1.1  christos 	  uint32_t insn = bfd_get (32, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4219  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (LARCH_INSN_JIRL (insn))
   4220      1.1  christos 	    {
   4221  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation &= 0xfff;
   4222  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Signed extend.  */
   4223  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = (relocation ^ 0x800) - 0x800;
   4224  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4225      1.1  christos 	      rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_B16);
   4226      1.1  christos 	      howto = loongarch_elf_rtype_to_howto (input_bfd, R_LARCH_B16);
   4227      1.1  christos 	    }
   4228      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4229      1.1  christos 
   4230      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20:
   4231      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_HI20:
   4232      1.1  christos 	  /* Calc got offset.  */
   4233      1.1  christos 	    {
   4234      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = false;
   4235      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_addend == 0);
   4236      1.1  christos 
   4237      1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma got_off = 0;
   4238      1.1  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   4239      1.1  christos 		{
   4240      1.1  christos 		  /* GOT ref or ifunc.  */
   4241      1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE
   4242      1.1  christos 			      || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
   4243      1.1  christos 
   4244      1.1  christos 		  got_off = h->got.offset  & (~(bfd_vma)1);
   4245      1.1  christos 		  /* Hidden symbol not has got entry,
   4246      1.1  christos 		   * only got.plt entry so it is (plt - got).  */
   4247      1.1  christos 		  if (h->got.offset == MINUS_ONE && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   4248      1.1  christos 		    {
   4249      1.1  christos 		      bfd_vma idx;
   4250      1.1  christos 		      if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   4251      1.1  christos 			{
   4252      1.1  christos 			  idx = (h->plt.offset - PLT_HEADER_SIZE)
   4253      1.1  christos 			    / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4254      1.1  christos 			  got_off = sec_addr (htab->elf.sgotplt)
   4255      1.1  christos 			    + GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE
   4256      1.1  christos 			    + (idx * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE)
   4257      1.1  christos 			    - sec_addr (htab->elf.sgot);
   4258      1.1  christos 			}
   4259      1.1  christos 		      else
   4260      1.1  christos 			{
   4261      1.1  christos 			  idx = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4262      1.1  christos 			  got_off = sec_addr (htab->elf.sgotplt)
   4263      1.1  christos 			    + (idx * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE)
   4264      1.1  christos 			    - sec_addr (htab->elf.sgot);
   4265      1.1  christos 			}
   4266      1.1  christos 		    }
   4267      1.1  christos 
   4268      1.1  christos 		  if ((h->got.offset & 1) == 0)
   4269      1.1  christos 		    {
   4270      1.1  christos 		      /* We need to generate a R_LARCH_RELATIVE reloc once
   4271      1.1  christos 		       * in loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol or now,
   4272      1.1  christos 		       * call finish_dyn && nopic
   4273      1.1  christos 		       * or !call finish_dyn && pic.  */
   4274      1.1  christos 		      if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (is_dyn,
   4275      1.1  christos 							    bfd_link_pic (info),
   4276      1.1  christos 							    h)
   4277  1.1.1.3  christos 			  && !bfd_is_abs_section(h->root.u.def.section)
   4278      1.1  christos 			  && bfd_link_pic (info)
   4279  1.1.1.3  christos 			  && LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h)
   4280  1.1.1.3  christos 			  && !info->enable_dt_relr)
   4281      1.1  christos 			{
   4282      1.1  christos 			  Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4283      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off;
   4284      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   4285      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_addend = relocation;
   4286      1.1  christos 			  loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd,
   4287      1.1  christos 						     htab->elf.srelgot, &rela);
   4288      1.1  christos 			}
   4289      1.1  christos 		      h->got.offset |= 1;
   4290      1.1  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, relocation,
   4291      1.1  christos 				  got->contents + got_off);
   4292      1.1  christos 		    }
   4293      1.1  christos 		}
   4294      1.1  christos 	      else
   4295      1.1  christos 		{
   4296      1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets
   4297      1.1  christos 			      && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != MINUS_ONE);
   4298      1.1  christos 
   4299      1.1  christos 		  got_off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & (~(bfd_vma)1);
   4300  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS
   4301  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && (local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & 1) == 0)
   4302      1.1  christos 		    {
   4303  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (bfd_link_pic (info) && !info->enable_dt_relr)
   4304      1.1  christos 			{
   4305      1.1  christos 			  Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4306      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off;
   4307      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   4308      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_addend = relocation;
   4309      1.1  christos 			  loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd,
   4310      1.1  christos 						     htab->elf.srelgot, &rela);
   4311      1.1  christos 			}
   4312      1.1  christos 		      local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4313      1.1  christos 		    }
   4314      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, relocation, got->contents + got_off);
   4315      1.1  christos 		}
   4316      1.1  christos 
   4317      1.1  christos 	      relocation = got_off + sec_addr (got);
   4318      1.1  christos 	    }
   4319      1.1  christos 
   4320      1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20)
   4321      1.1  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC32_HI20 (relocation, pc);
   4322      1.1  christos 
   4323      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4324      1.1  christos 
   4325      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_LO12:
   4326      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_LO20:
   4327      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_HI12:
   4328      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_LO12:
   4329      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT64_LO20:
   4330      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT64_HI12:
   4331      1.1  christos 	    {
   4332      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = false;
   4333      1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma got_off;
   4334      1.1  christos 	      if (h)
   4335      1.1  christos 		got_off = h->got.offset & (~(bfd_vma)1);
   4336      1.1  christos 	      else
   4337      1.1  christos 		got_off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & (~(bfd_vma)1);
   4338      1.1  christos 
   4339      1.1  christos 	      if (h && h->got.offset == MINUS_ONE && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   4340      1.1  christos 		{
   4341      1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma idx;
   4342      1.1  christos 		  if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   4343      1.1  christos 		    idx = (h->plt.offset - PLT_HEADER_SIZE) / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4344      1.1  christos 		  else
   4345      1.1  christos 		    idx = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4346      1.1  christos 
   4347      1.1  christos 		  got_off = sec_addr (htab->elf.sgotplt)
   4348      1.1  christos 		    + GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE
   4349      1.1  christos 		    + (idx * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE)
   4350      1.1  christos 		    - sec_addr (htab->elf.sgot);
   4351      1.1  christos 		}
   4352  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4353      1.1  christos 	      relocation = got_off + sec_addr (got);
   4354      1.1  christos 	    }
   4355      1.1  christos 
   4356  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_HI12)
   4357  1.1.1.2  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 12);
   4358  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (r_type == R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_LO20)
   4359  1.1.1.2  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 8);
   4360      1.1  christos 
   4361      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4362      1.1  christos 
   4363      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20:
   4364      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12:
   4365  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12_R:
   4366      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_LO20:
   4367      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_HI12:
   4368      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (resolved_local && elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec);
   4369      1.1  christos 
   4370  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4371  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   4372      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4373      1.1  christos 
   4374      1.1  christos 	/* TLS IE LD/GD process separately is troublesome.
   4375      1.1  christos 	   When a symbol is both ie and LD/GD, h->got.off |= 1
   4376      1.1  christos 	   make only one type be relocated.  We must use
   4377      1.1  christos 	   h->got.offset |= 1 and h->got.offset |= 2
   4378      1.1  christos 	   diff IE and LD/GD.  And all (got_off & (~(bfd_vma)1))
   4379      1.1  christos 	   (IE LD/GD and reusable GOT reloc) must change to
   4380      1.1  christos 	   (got_off & (~(bfd_vma)3)), beause we use lowest 2 bits
   4381      1.1  christos 	   as a tag.
   4382      1.1  christos 	   Now, LD and GD is both GOT_TLS_GD type, LD seems to
   4383      1.1  christos 	   can be omitted.  */
   4384      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
   4385      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_HI20:
   4386      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20:
   4387      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_HI20:
   4388      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20:
   4389      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_HI20:
   4390  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
   4391  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_HI20:
   4392  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PCREL20_S2:
   4393  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PCREL20_S2:
   4394  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PCREL20_S2:
   4395      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_addend == 0);
   4396      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   4397      1.1  christos 
   4398      1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20
   4399      1.1  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_IE_HI20)
   4400      1.1  christos 	    is_ie = true;
   4401      1.1  christos 
   4402  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20
   4403  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_HI20
   4404  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PCREL20_S2)
   4405  1.1.1.2  christos 	    is_desc = true;
   4406  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4407      1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma got_off = 0;
   4408      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   4409      1.1  christos 	    {
   4410      1.1  christos 	      got_off = h->got.offset;
   4411      1.1  christos 	      h->got.offset |= 1;
   4412      1.1  christos 	    }
   4413      1.1  christos 	  else
   4414      1.1  christos 	    {
   4415      1.1  christos 	      got_off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4416      1.1  christos 	      local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4417      1.1  christos 	    }
   4418      1.1  christos 
   4419      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (got_off != MINUS_ONE);
   4420      1.1  christos 
   4421      1.1  christos 	  tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (input_bfd, h, r_symndx);
   4422  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4423  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If a tls variable is accessed in multiple ways, GD uses
   4424  1.1.1.2  christos 	     the first two slots of GOT, desc follows with two slots,
   4425  1.1.1.2  christos 	     and IE uses one slot at the end.  */
   4426  1.1.1.2  christos 	  off = 0;
   4427  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   4428  1.1.1.2  christos 	    off += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4429  1.1.1.2  christos 	  desc_off = off;
   4430  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
   4431  1.1.1.2  christos 	    off += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4432  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ie_off = off;
   4433      1.1  christos 
   4434      1.1  christos 	  if ((got_off & 1) == 0)
   4435      1.1  christos 	    {
   4436      1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4437      1.1  christos 	      asection *relgot = htab->elf.srelgot;
   4438      1.1  christos 
   4439  1.1.1.2  christos 	      int indx = 0;
   4440  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bool need_reloc = false;
   4441  1.1.1.2  christos 	      LARCH_TLS_GD_IE_NEED_DYN_RELOC (info, is_dyn, h, indx,
   4442  1.1.1.2  christos 					      need_reloc);
   4443      1.1  christos 
   4444      1.1  christos 	      if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   4445      1.1  christos 		{
   4446  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (need_reloc)
   4447      1.1  christos 		    {
   4448  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* Dynamic resolved Module ID.  */
   4449  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off;
   4450  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_addend = 0;
   4451  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (indx,R_LARCH_TLS_DTPMODNN);
   4452  1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0, got->contents + got_off);
   4453  1.1.1.2  christos 		      loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, relgot, &rela);
   4454  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4455  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (indx == 0)
   4456  1.1.1.2  christos 			{
   4457  1.1.1.2  christos 			  /* Local symbol, tp offset has been known.  */
   4458  1.1.1.2  christos 			  BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
   4459  1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd,
   4460  1.1.1.2  christos 			      tlsoff (info, relocation),
   4461  1.1.1.2  christos 			      (got->contents + got_off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE));
   4462  1.1.1.2  christos 			}
   4463      1.1  christos 		      else
   4464      1.1  christos 			{
   4465  1.1.1.2  christos 			  /* Dynamic resolved block offset.  */
   4466  1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0,
   4467  1.1.1.2  christos 			      got->contents + got_off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   4468  1.1.1.2  christos 			  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (indx,
   4469  1.1.1.2  christos 						R_LARCH_TLS_DTPRELNN);
   4470  1.1.1.2  christos 			  rela.r_offset += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4471      1.1  christos 			  loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, relgot, &rela);
   4472      1.1  christos 			}
   4473      1.1  christos 		    }
   4474      1.1  christos 		  else
   4475      1.1  christos 		    {
   4476  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* In a static link or an executable link with the symbol
   4477  1.1.1.2  christos 			 binding locally.  Mark it as belonging to module 1.  */
   4478  1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 1, got->contents + got_off);
   4479  1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, tlsoff (info, relocation),
   4480  1.1.1.2  christos 			  got->contents + got_off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   4481      1.1  christos 		    }
   4482      1.1  christos 		}
   4483  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
   4484  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   4485  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* Unless it is a static link, DESC always emits a
   4486  1.1.1.2  christos 		     dynamic relocation.  */
   4487  1.1.1.2  christos 		  indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0;
   4488  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off + desc_off;
   4489  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_addend = 0;
   4490  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (indx == 0)
   4491  1.1.1.2  christos 		    rela.r_addend = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   4492  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4493  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (indx, R_LARCH_TLS_DESCNN);
   4494  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, relgot, &rela);
   4495  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0,
   4496  1.1.1.2  christos 			      got->contents + got_off + desc_off);
   4497  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   4498      1.1  christos 	      if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
   4499      1.1  christos 		{
   4500  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (need_reloc)
   4501      1.1  christos 		    {
   4502  1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0,
   4503  1.1.1.2  christos 			  got->contents + got_off + ie_off);
   4504  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off + ie_off;
   4505  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_addend = 0;
   4506      1.1  christos 
   4507  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (indx == 0)
   4508  1.1.1.2  christos 			rela.r_addend = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   4509  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (indx, R_LARCH_TLS_TPRELNN);
   4510  1.1.1.2  christos 		      loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, relgot, &rela);
   4511      1.1  christos 		    }
   4512      1.1  christos 		  else
   4513      1.1  christos 		    {
   4514  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* In a static link or an executable link with the symbol
   4515  1.1.1.2  christos 			 bindinglocally, compute offset directly.  */
   4516  1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, tlsoff (info, relocation),
   4517  1.1.1.2  christos 			  got->contents + got_off + ie_off);
   4518      1.1  christos 		    }
   4519      1.1  christos 		}
   4520      1.1  christos 	    }
   4521  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation = (got_off & (~(bfd_vma)1)) + sec_addr (got);
   4522  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (is_desc)
   4523  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation += desc_off;
   4524  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (is_ie)
   4525  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation += ie_off;
   4526      1.1  christos 
   4527      1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20
   4528      1.1  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20
   4529  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20
   4530  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20)
   4531      1.1  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC32_HI20 (relocation, pc);
   4532  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PCREL20_S2
   4533  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PCREL20_S2
   4534  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PCREL20_S2)
   4535  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation -= pc;
   4536  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* else {} ABS relocations.  */
   4537  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4538  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4539  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12:
   4540  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_LO20:
   4541  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_HI12:
   4542  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LO12:
   4543  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_LO20:
   4544  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_HI12:
   4545  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4546  1.1.1.2  christos 	    unresolved_reloc = false;
   4547  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4548  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (h)
   4549  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sec_addr (got) + (h->got.offset & (~(bfd_vma)1));
   4550  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   4551  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sec_addr (got)
   4552  1.1.1.2  christos 			   + (local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & (~(bfd_vma)1));
   4553  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4554  1.1.1.2  christos 	    tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (input_bfd, h, r_symndx);
   4555  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* Use both TLS_GD and TLS_DESC.  */
   4556  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (tls_type))
   4557  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4558  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4559  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_LO20)
   4560  1.1.1.2  christos 	      RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 8);
   4561  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_HI12)
   4562  1.1.1.2  christos 	      RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 12);
   4563  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4564  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   4565  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4566      1.1  christos 
   4567  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD:
   4568  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL:
   4569  1.1.1.2  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   4570      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4571      1.1  christos 
   4572      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12:
   4573      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_LO20:
   4574      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_HI12:
   4575      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_LO12:
   4576      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_LO20:
   4577      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_HI12:
   4578      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   4579      1.1  christos 
   4580      1.1  christos 	  if (h)
   4581  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation = sec_addr (got) + (h->got.offset & (~(bfd_vma)1));
   4582      1.1  christos 	  else
   4583      1.1  christos 	    relocation = sec_addr (got)
   4584  1.1.1.2  christos 	      + (local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & (~(bfd_vma)1));
   4585      1.1  christos 
   4586      1.1  christos 	  tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (input_bfd, h, r_symndx);
   4587  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Use TLS_GD TLS_DESC and TLS_IE.  */
   4588  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (tls_type) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
   4589  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation += 4 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4590  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Use GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type) and TLS_IE.  */
   4591  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
   4592      1.1  christos 	    relocation += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4593      1.1  christos 
   4594  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_LO20)
   4595  1.1.1.2  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 8);
   4596  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_HI12)
   4597  1.1.1.2  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 12);
   4598      1.1  christos 
   4599      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4600      1.1  christos 
   4601      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_RELAX:
   4602  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_ALIGN:
   4603  1.1.1.2  christos 	  r = bfd_reloc_continue;
   4604  1.1.1.2  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   4605      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4606      1.1  christos 
   4607      1.1  christos 	default:
   4608      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4609      1.1  christos 	}
   4610      1.1  christos 
   4611      1.1  christos       if (fatal)
   4612      1.1  christos 	break;
   4613      1.1  christos 
   4614      1.1  christos       do
   4615      1.1  christos 	{
   4616      1.1  christos 	  /* 'unresolved_reloc' means we haven't done it yet.
   4617      1.1  christos 	     We need help of dynamic linker to fix this memory location up.  */
   4618      1.1  christos 	  if (!unresolved_reloc)
   4619      1.1  christos 	    break;
   4620      1.1  christos 
   4621      1.1  christos 	  if (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4622      1.1  christos 				       rel->r_offset) == MINUS_ONE)
   4623      1.1  christos 	    /* WHY? May because it's invalid so skip checking.
   4624      1.1  christos 	       But why dynamic reloc a invalid section?  */
   4625      1.1  christos 	    break;
   4626      1.1  christos 
   4627      1.1  christos 	  if (input_section->output_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
   4628      1.1  christos 	    {
   4629      1.1  christos 	      fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   4630      1.1  christos 		       (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   4631      1.1  christos 			bfd_reloc_dangerous, is_undefweak, name,
   4632      1.1  christos 			"Seems dynamic linker not process "
   4633      1.1  christos 			"sections 'SEC_DEBUGGING'."));
   4634      1.1  christos 	    }
   4635      1.1  christos 	  if (!is_dyn)
   4636      1.1  christos 	    break;
   4637      1.1  christos 
   4638      1.1  christos 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   4639      1.1  christos 	    if (input_section->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY)
   4640      1.1  christos 	      info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   4641      1.1  christos 	}
   4642      1.1  christos       while (0);
   4643      1.1  christos 
   4644      1.1  christos       if (fatal)
   4645      1.1  christos 	break;
   4646      1.1  christos 
   4647      1.1  christos       loongarch_record_one_reloc (input_bfd, input_section, r_type,
   4648      1.1  christos 				  rel->r_offset, sym, h, rel->r_addend);
   4649      1.1  christos 
   4650      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_continue)
   4651      1.1  christos 	r = perform_relocation (rel, input_section, howto, relocation,
   4652      1.1  christos 				input_bfd, contents);
   4653      1.1  christos 
   4654      1.1  christos       switch (r)
   4655      1.1  christos 	{
   4656      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
   4657      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_continue:
   4658      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_ok:
   4659      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   4660      1.1  christos 
   4661      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
   4662      1.1  christos 	  /* Overflow value can't be filled in.  */
   4663      1.1  christos 	  loongarch_dump_reloc_record (info->callbacks->info);
   4664      1.1  christos 	  info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
   4665      1.1  christos 	    (info, h ? &h->root : NULL, name, howto->name, rel->r_addend,
   4666      1.1  christos 	     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   4667  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_PCREL20_S2
   4668  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PCREL20_S2
   4669  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PCREL20_S2
   4670  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PCREL20_S2)
   4671  1.1.1.3  christos 	    _bfd_error_handler (_("recompile with 'gcc -mno-relax' or"
   4672  1.1.1.3  christos 				  " 'as -mno-relax' or 'ld --no-relax'"));
   4673      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4674      1.1  christos 
   4675      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
   4676      1.1  christos 	  /* Stack state incorrect.  */
   4677      1.1  christos 	  loongarch_dump_reloc_record (info->callbacks->info);
   4678      1.1  christos 	  info->callbacks->info
   4679      1.1  christos 	    ("%X%H: Internal stack state is incorrect.\n"
   4680      1.1  christos 	     "Want to push to full stack or pop from empty stack?\n",
   4681      1.1  christos 	     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   4682      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4683      1.1  christos 
   4684      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
   4685      1.1  christos 	  info->callbacks->info ("%X%H: Unknown relocation type.\n", input_bfd,
   4686      1.1  christos 				 input_section, rel->r_offset);
   4687      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4688      1.1  christos 
   4689      1.1  christos 	default:
   4690      1.1  christos 	  info->callbacks->info ("%X%H: Internal: unknown error.\n", input_bfd,
   4691      1.1  christos 				 input_section, rel->r_offset);
   4692      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4693      1.1  christos 	}
   4694      1.1  christos 
   4695      1.1  christos       fatal = true;
   4696      1.1  christos     }
   4697      1.1  christos 
   4698      1.1  christos   return !fatal;
   4699      1.1  christos }
   4700      1.1  christos 
   4701  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   4702  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
   4703  1.1.1.2  christos 			  asection *sec,
   4704  1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_vma addr,
   4705  1.1.1.2  christos 			  size_t count,
   4706  1.1.1.2  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
   4707  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4708  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int i, symcount;
   4709  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma toaddr = sec->size;
   4710  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   4711  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   4712  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
   4713  1.1.1.2  christos   struct bfd_elf_section_data *data = elf_section_data (sec);
   4714  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = data->this_hdr.contents;
   4715  1.1.1.3  christos   struct relr_entry *relr = loongarch_elf_section_data (sec)->relr;
   4716  1.1.1.3  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab =
   4717  1.1.1.3  christos     loongarch_elf_hash_table (link_info);
   4718  1.1.1.3  christos   struct relr_entry *relr_end = NULL;
   4719  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4720  1.1.1.3  christos   if (htab->relr_count)
   4721  1.1.1.3  christos     relr_end = htab->relr + htab->relr_count;
   4722  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4723  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
   4724  1.1.1.2  christos   sec->size -= count;
   4725  1.1.1.2  christos   memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count, toaddr - addr - count);
   4726  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4727  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust the location of all of the relocs.  Note that we need not
   4728  1.1.1.2  christos      adjust the addends, since all PC-relative references must be against
   4729  1.1.1.2  christos      symbols, which we will adjust below.  */
   4730  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < sec->reloc_count; i++)
   4731  1.1.1.2  christos     if (data->relocs[i].r_offset > addr && data->relocs[i].r_offset < toaddr)
   4732  1.1.1.2  christos       data->relocs[i].r_offset -= count;
   4733  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4734  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Likewise for relative relocs to be packed into .relr.  */
   4735  1.1.1.3  christos   for (; relr && relr < relr_end && relr->sec == sec; relr++)
   4736  1.1.1.3  christos     if (relr->off > addr && relr->off < toaddr)
   4737  1.1.1.3  christos       relr->off -= count;
   4738  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4739  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
   4740  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < symtab_hdr->sh_info; i++)
   4741  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4742  1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents + i;
   4743  1.1.1.2  christos       if (sym->st_shndx == sec_shndx)
   4744  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4745  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If the symbol is in the range of memory we just moved, we
   4746  1.1.1.2  christos 	     have to adjust its value.  */
   4747  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (sym->st_value > addr && sym->st_value <= toaddr)
   4748  1.1.1.2  christos 	    sym->st_value -= count;
   4749  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4750  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If the symbol *spans* the bytes we just deleted (i.e. its
   4751  1.1.1.2  christos 	     *end* is in the moved bytes but its *start* isn't), then we
   4752  1.1.1.2  christos 	     must adjust its size.
   4753  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4754  1.1.1.2  christos 	     This test needs to use the original value of st_value, otherwise
   4755  1.1.1.2  christos 	     we might accidentally decrease size when deleting bytes right
   4756  1.1.1.2  christos 	     before the symbol.  But since deleted relocs can't span across
   4757  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symbols, we can't have both a st_value and a st_size decrease,
   4758  1.1.1.2  christos 	     so it is simpler to just use an else.  */
   4759  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (sym->st_value <= addr
   4760  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && sym->st_value + sym->st_size > addr
   4761  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && sym->st_value + sym->st_size <= toaddr)
   4762  1.1.1.2  christos 	    sym->st_size -= count;
   4763  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4764  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4765  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4766  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
   4767  1.1.1.2  christos   symcount = ((symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (ElfNN_External_Sym))
   4768  1.1.1.2  christos 	      - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   4769  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4770  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < symcount; i++)
   4771  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4772  1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = sym_hashes[i];
   4773  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4774  1.1.1.2  christos       /* The '--wrap SYMBOL' option is causing a pain when the object file,
   4775  1.1.1.2  christos 	 containing the definition of __wrap_SYMBOL, includes a direct
   4776  1.1.1.2  christos 	 call to SYMBOL as well. Since both __wrap_SYMBOL and SYMBOL reference
   4777  1.1.1.2  christos 	 the same symbol (which is __wrap_SYMBOL), but still exist as two
   4778  1.1.1.2  christos 	 different symbols in 'sym_hashes', we don't want to adjust
   4779  1.1.1.2  christos 	 the global symbol __wrap_SYMBOL twice.
   4780  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4781  1.1.1.2  christos 	 The same problem occurs with symbols that are versioned_hidden, as
   4782  1.1.1.2  christos 	 foo becomes an alias for foo@BAR, and hence they need the same
   4783  1.1.1.2  christos 	 treatment.  */
   4784  1.1.1.2  christos       if (link_info->wrap_hash != NULL
   4785  1.1.1.2  christos 	  || sym_hash->versioned != unversioned)
   4786  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4787  1.1.1.2  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry **cur_sym_hashes;
   4788  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4789  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Loop only over the symbols which have already been checked.  */
   4790  1.1.1.2  christos 	  for (cur_sym_hashes = sym_hashes; cur_sym_hashes < &sym_hashes[i];
   4791  1.1.1.2  christos 	       cur_sym_hashes++)
   4792  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4793  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* If the current symbol is identical to 'sym_hash', that means
   4794  1.1.1.2  christos 		 the symbol was already adjusted (or at least checked).  */
   4795  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (*cur_sym_hashes == sym_hash)
   4796  1.1.1.2  christos 		break;
   4797  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4798  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Don't adjust the symbol again.  */
   4799  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (cur_sym_hashes < &sym_hashes[i])
   4800  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   4801  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4802  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4803  1.1.1.2  christos       if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4804  1.1.1.2  christos 	   || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4805  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
   4806  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4807  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* As above, adjust the value if needed.  */
   4808  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
   4809  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && sym_hash->root.u.def.value <= toaddr)
   4810  1.1.1.2  christos 	    sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
   4811  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4812  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* As above, adjust the size if needed.  */
   4813  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (sym_hash->root.u.def.value <= addr
   4814  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && sym_hash->root.u.def.value + sym_hash->size > addr
   4815  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && sym_hash->root.u.def.value + sym_hash->size <= toaddr)
   4816  1.1.1.2  christos 	    sym_hash->size -= count;
   4817  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4818  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4819  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4820  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   4821  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4822  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4823  1.1.1.2  christos /* Start perform TLS type transition.
   4824  1.1.1.2  christos    Currently there are three cases of relocation handled here:
   4825  1.1.1.2  christos    DESC -> IE, DEC -> LE and IE -> LE.  */
   4826  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   4827  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_tls_perform_trans (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
   4828  1.1.1.2  christos 			   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   4829  1.1.1.2  christos 			   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   4830  1.1.1.2  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4831  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4832  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned long insn;
   4833  1.1.1.2  christos   bool local_exec = bfd_link_executable (info)
   4834  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h);
   4835  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   4836  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned long r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   4837  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned long r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   4838  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4839  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
   4840  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4841  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
   4842  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (local_exec)
   4843  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4844  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* DESC -> LE relaxation:
   4845  1.1.1.2  christos 	       pcalalau12i $a0,%desc_pc_hi20(var) =>
   4846  1.1.1.2  christos 	       lu12i.w $a0,%le_hi20(var)
   4847  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4848  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_OP_LU12I_W | LARCH_RD_A0,
   4849  1.1.1.2  christos 		contents + rel->r_offset);
   4850  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20);
   4851  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4852  1.1.1.2  christos 	else
   4853  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4854  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* DESC -> IE relaxation:
   4855  1.1.1.2  christos 	       pcalalau12i $a0,%desc_pc_hi20(var) =>
   4856  1.1.1.2  christos 	       pcalalau12i $a0,%ie_pc_hi20(var)
   4857  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4858  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20);
   4859  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4860  1.1.1.2  christos 	return true;
   4861  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4862  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12:
   4863  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (local_exec)
   4864  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4865  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* DESC -> LE relaxation:
   4866  1.1.1.2  christos 	       addi.d $a0,$a0,%desc_pc_lo12(var) =>
   4867  1.1.1.2  christos 	       ori  $a0,$a0,le_lo12(var)
   4868  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4869  1.1.1.3  christos 	    insn = LARCH_OP_ORI | LARCH_RD_RJ_A0;
   4870  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_OP_ORI | LARCH_RD_RJ_A0,
   4871  1.1.1.2  christos 		contents + rel->r_offset);
   4872  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12);
   4873  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4874  1.1.1.2  christos 	else
   4875  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4876  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* DESC -> IE relaxation:
   4877  1.1.1.2  christos 	       addi.d $a0,$a0,%desc_pc_lo12(var) =>
   4878  1.1.1.2  christos 	       ld.d $a0,$a0,%ie_pc_lo12(var)
   4879  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4880  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_OP_LD_D | LARCH_RD_RJ_A0,
   4881  1.1.1.2  christos 		contents + rel->r_offset);
   4882  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12);
   4883  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4884  1.1.1.2  christos 	return true;
   4885  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4886  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD:
   4887  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL:
   4888  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* DESC -> LE/IE relaxation:
   4889  1.1.1.2  christos 	   ld.d $ra,$a0,%desc_ld(var) => NOP
   4890  1.1.1.2  christos 	   jirl $ra,$ra,%desc_call(var) => NOP
   4891  1.1.1.2  christos 	*/
   4892  1.1.1.2  christos 	rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   4893  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4894  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* link with -relax option will delete NOP.  */
   4895  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (!info->disable_target_specific_optimizations)
   4896  1.1.1.2  christos 	  loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel->r_offset, 4, info);
   4897  1.1.1.2  christos 	return true;
   4898  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4899  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
   4900  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (local_exec)
   4901  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4902  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* IE -> LE relaxation:
   4903  1.1.1.2  christos 	       pcalalau12i $rd,%ie_pc_hi20(var) =>
   4904  1.1.1.2  christos 	       lu12i.w $rd,%le_hi20(var)
   4905  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4906  1.1.1.2  christos 	    insn = bfd_getl32 (contents + rel->r_offset);
   4907  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_OP_LU12I_W | LARCH_GET_RD(insn),
   4908  1.1.1.2  christos 		contents + rel->r_offset);
   4909  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20);
   4910  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4911  1.1.1.2  christos 	return true;
   4912  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4913  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12:
   4914  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (local_exec)
   4915  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4916  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* IE -> LE relaxation:
   4917  1.1.1.2  christos 	       ld.d $rd,$rj,%%ie_pc_lo12(var) =>
   4918  1.1.1.2  christos 	       ori  $rd,$rj,le_lo12(var)
   4919  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4920  1.1.1.2  christos 	    insn = bfd_getl32 (contents + rel->r_offset);
   4921  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_OP_ORI | (insn & 0x3ff),
   4922  1.1.1.2  christos 		contents + rel->r_offset);
   4923  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12);
   4924  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4925  1.1.1.2  christos 	return true;
   4926  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4927  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4928  1.1.1.2  christos   return false;
   4929  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4930  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4931  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4932  1.1.1.2  christos /*  Relax tls le, mainly relax the process of getting TLS le symbolic addresses.
   4933  1.1.1.2  christos   there are three situations in which an assembly instruction sequence needs to
   4934  1.1.1.2  christos   be relaxed:
   4935  1.1.1.2  christos   symbol address = tp + offset (symbol),offset (symbol) = le_hi20_r + le_lo12_r
   4936  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4937  1.1.1.2  christos   Case 1:
   4938  1.1.1.2  christos   in this case, the rd register in the st.{w/d} instruction does not store the
   4939  1.1.1.2  christos   full tls symbolic address, but tp + le_hi20_r, which is a part of the tls
   4940  1.1.1.2  christos   symbolic address, and then obtains the rd + le_lo12_r address through the
   4941  1.1.1.2  christos   st.w instruction feature.
   4942  1.1.1.2  christos   this is the full tls symbolic address (tp + le_hi20_r + le_lo12_r).
   4943  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4944  1.1.1.2  christos   before relax:				after relax:
   4945  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4946  1.1.1.2  christos   lu12i.w   $rd,%le_hi20_r (sym)	==> (instruction deleted)
   4947  1.1.1.2  christos   add.{w/d} $rd,$rd,$tp,%le_add_r (sym) ==> (instruction deleted)
   4948  1.1.1.2  christos   st.{w/d}  $rs,$rd,%le_lo12_r (sym)    ==> st.{w/d}   $rs,$tp,%le_lo12_r (sym)
   4949  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4950  1.1.1.2  christos   Case 2:
   4951  1.1.1.2  christos   in this case, ld.{w/d} is similar to st.{w/d} in case1.
   4952  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4953  1.1.1.2  christos   before relax:				after relax:
   4954  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4955  1.1.1.2  christos   lu12i.w   $rd,%le_hi20_r (sym)	==> (instruction deleted)
   4956  1.1.1.2  christos   add.{w/d} $rd,$rd,$tp,%le_add_r (sym) ==> (instruction deleted)
   4957  1.1.1.2  christos   ld.{w/d}  $rs,$rd,%le_lo12_r (sym)    ==> ld.{w/d}   $rs,$tp,%le_lo12_r (sym)
   4958  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4959  1.1.1.2  christos   Case 3:
   4960  1.1.1.2  christos   in this case,the rs register in addi.{w/d} stores the full address of the tls
   4961  1.1.1.2  christos   symbol (tp + le_hi20_r + le_lo12_r).
   4962  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4963  1.1.1.2  christos   before relax:				after relax:
   4964  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4965  1.1.1.2  christos   lu12i.w    $rd,%le_hi20_r (sym)	 ==> (instruction deleted)
   4966  1.1.1.2  christos   add.{w/d}  $rd,$rd,$tp,%le_add_r (sym) ==> (instruction deleted)
   4967  1.1.1.2  christos   addi.{w/d} $rs,$rd,%le_lo12_r (sym)    ==> addi.{w/d} $rs,$tp,%le_lo12_r (sym)
   4968  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4969  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4970  1.1.1.2  christos   For relocation of all old LE instruction sequences, whether it is
   4971  1.1.1.2  christos   a normal code model or an extreme code model, relaxation will be
   4972  1.1.1.2  christos   performed when the relaxation conditions are met.
   4973  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4974  1.1.1.2  christos   nomal code model:
   4975  1.1.1.2  christos   lu12i.w   $rd,%le_hi20(sym)	    => (deleted)
   4976  1.1.1.2  christos   ori	    $rd,$rd,le_lo12(sym)    => ori  $rd,$zero,le_lo12(sym)
   4977  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4978  1.1.1.2  christos   extreme code model:
   4979  1.1.1.2  christos   lu12i.w   $rd,%le_hi20(sym)	    => (deleted)
   4980  1.1.1.2  christos   ori	    $rd,$rd,%le_lo12(sym)   => ori  $rd,$zero,le_lo12(sym)
   4981  1.1.1.2  christos   lu32i.d   $rd,%le64_lo20(sym)	    => (deleted)
   4982  1.1.1.2  christos   lu52i.d   $rd,$rd,%le64_hi12(sym) => (deleted)
   4983  1.1.1.2  christos */
   4984  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   4985  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_tls_le (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
   4986  1.1.1.3  christos 			asection *sym_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4987  1.1.1.3  christos 			Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, bfd_vma symval,
   4988  1.1.1.2  christos 			struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
   4989  1.1.1.3  christos 			bool *agin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4990  1.1.1.3  christos 			bfd_vma max_alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4991  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4992  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   4993  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t insn = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4994  1.1.1.2  christos   static uint32_t insn_rj,insn_rd;
   4995  1.1.1.2  christos   symval = symval - elf_hash_table (link_info)->tls_sec->vma;
   4996  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The old LE instruction sequence can be relaxed when the symbol offset
   4997  1.1.1.2  christos      is smaller than the 12-bit range.  */
   4998  1.1.1.3  christos   if (symval <= 0xfff)
   4999  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   5000  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   5001  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   5002  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /*if offset < 0x800, then perform the new le instruction
   5003  1.1.1.2  christos 	    sequence relax.  */
   5004  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20_R:
   5005  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_ADD_R:
   5006  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* delete insn.  */
   5007  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (symval < 0x800)
   5008  1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   5009  1.1.1.2  christos 		rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   5010  1.1.1.2  christos 		loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel->r_offset,
   5011  1.1.1.2  christos 		    4, link_info);
   5012  1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   5013  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   5014  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5015  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12_R:
   5016  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (symval < 0x800)
   5017  1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   5018  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* Change rj to $tp.  */
   5019  1.1.1.2  christos 		insn_rj = 0x2 << 5;
   5020  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* Get rd register.  */
   5021  1.1.1.3  christos 		insn_rd = LARCH_GET_RD (insn);
   5022  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* Write symbol offset.  */
   5023  1.1.1.2  christos 		symval <<= 10;
   5024  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* Writes the modified instruction.  */
   5025  1.1.1.3  christos 		insn = insn & LARCH_MK_ADDI_D;
   5026  1.1.1.2  christos 		insn = insn | symval | insn_rj | insn_rd;
   5027  1.1.1.2  christos 		bfd_put (32, abfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   5028  1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   5029  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   5030  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5031  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20:
   5032  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_LO20:
   5033  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_HI12:
   5034  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   5035  1.1.1.2  christos 	    loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel->r_offset,
   5036  1.1.1.2  christos 					  4, link_info);
   5037  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   5038  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5039  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12:
   5040  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_OP_ORI | LARCH_GET_RD (insn),
   5041  1.1.1.2  christos 		    contents + rel->r_offset);
   5042  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   5043  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5044  1.1.1.2  christos 	  default:
   5045  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   5046  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   5047  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   5048  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   5049  1.1.1.2  christos }
   5050  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5051  1.1.1.3  christos /* Whether two sections in the same segment.  */
   5052  1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   5053  1.1.1.3  christos loongarch_two_sections_in_same_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *a, asection *b)
   5054  1.1.1.3  christos {
   5055  1.1.1.3  christos   struct elf_segment_map *m;
   5056  1.1.1.3  christos   for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
   5057  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   5058  1.1.1.3  christos       int i;
   5059  1.1.1.3  christos       int j = 0;
   5060  1.1.1.3  christos       for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
   5061  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   5062  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (m->sections[i] == a)
   5063  1.1.1.3  christos 	    j++;
   5064  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (m->sections[i] == b)
   5065  1.1.1.3  christos 	    j++;
   5066  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   5067  1.1.1.3  christos       if (1 == j)
   5068  1.1.1.3  christos 	return false;
   5069  1.1.1.3  christos       if (2 == j)
   5070  1.1.1.3  christos 	return true;
   5071  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   5072  1.1.1.3  christos   return false;
   5073  1.1.1.3  christos }
   5074  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5075  1.1.1.2  christos /* Relax pcalau12i,addi.d => pcaddi.  */
   5076  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   5077  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_pcala_addi (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, asection *sym_sec,
   5078  1.1.1.2  christos 			    Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_hi, bfd_vma symval,
   5079  1.1.1.2  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info, bool *again,
   5080  1.1.1.2  christos 			    bfd_vma max_alignment)
   5081  1.1.1.2  christos {
   5082  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   5083  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_lo = rel_hi + 2;
   5084  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t pca = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_hi->r_offset);
   5085  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t add = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_lo->r_offset);
   5086  1.1.1.3  christos   uint32_t rd = LARCH_GET_RD (pca);
   5087  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5088  1.1.1.2  christos   /* This section's output_offset need to subtract the bytes of instructions
   5089  1.1.1.2  christos      relaxed by the previous sections, so it needs to be updated beforehand.
   5090  1.1.1.2  christos      size_input_section already took care of updating it after relaxation,
   5091  1.1.1.2  christos      so we additionally update once here.  */
   5092  1.1.1.2  christos   sec->output_offset = sec->output_section->size;
   5093  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma pc = sec_addr (sec) + rel_hi->r_offset;
   5094  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5095  1.1.1.3  christos   /* If pc and symbol not in the same segment, add/sub segment alignment.  */
   5096  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!loongarch_two_sections_in_same_segment (info->output_bfd,
   5097  1.1.1.3  christos 					       sec->output_section,
   5098  1.1.1.3  christos 					       sym_sec->output_section))
   5099  1.1.1.3  christos     max_alignment = info->maxpagesize > max_alignment ? info->maxpagesize
   5100  1.1.1.3  christos 							: max_alignment;
   5101  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5102  1.1.1.3  christos   if (symval > pc)
   5103  1.1.1.3  christos     pc -= (max_alignment > 4 ? max_alignment : 0);
   5104  1.1.1.3  christos   else if (symval < pc)
   5105  1.1.1.3  christos     pc += (max_alignment > 4 ? max_alignment : 0);
   5106  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5107  1.1.1.3  christos   const uint32_t pcaddi = LARCH_OP_PCADDI;
   5108  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5109  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Is pcalau12i + addi.d insns?  */
   5110  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel_lo->r_info) != R_LARCH_PCALA_LO12)
   5111  1.1.1.3  christos       || !LARCH_INSN_ADDI_D (add)
   5112  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Is pcalau12i $rd + addi.d $rd,$rd?  */
   5113  1.1.1.3  christos       || (LARCH_GET_RD (add) != rd)
   5114  1.1.1.3  christos       || (LARCH_GET_RJ (add) != rd)
   5115  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Can be relaxed to pcaddi?  */
   5116  1.1.1.2  christos       || (symval & 0x3) /* 4 bytes align.  */
   5117  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) < (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0xffe00000)
   5118  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) > (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0x1ffffc))
   5119  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   5120  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5121  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Continue next relax trip.  */
   5122  1.1.1.2  christos   *again = true;
   5123  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5124  1.1.1.2  christos   pca = pcaddi | rd;
   5125  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put (32, abfd, pca, contents + rel_hi->r_offset);
   5126  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5127  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust relocations.  */
   5128  1.1.1.2  christos   rel_hi->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_hi->r_info),
   5129  1.1.1.2  christos 				 R_LARCH_PCREL20_S2);
   5130  1.1.1.2  christos   rel_lo->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   5131  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5132  1.1.1.2  christos   loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel_lo->r_offset, 4, info);
   5133  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5134  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   5135  1.1.1.2  christos }
   5136  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5137  1.1.1.2  christos /* call36 f -> bl f
   5138  1.1.1.2  christos    tail36 $t0, f -> b f.  */
   5139  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   5140  1.1.1.3  christos loongarch_relax_call36 (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, asection *sym_sec,
   5141  1.1.1.2  christos 			    Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, bfd_vma symval,
   5142  1.1.1.2  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info, bool *again,
   5143  1.1.1.2  christos 			    bfd_vma max_alignment)
   5144  1.1.1.2  christos {
   5145  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   5146  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t jirl = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   5147  1.1.1.3  christos   uint32_t rd = LARCH_GET_RD (jirl);
   5148  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5149  1.1.1.2  christos   /* This section's output_offset need to subtract the bytes of instructions
   5150  1.1.1.2  christos      relaxed by the previous sections, so it needs to be updated beforehand.
   5151  1.1.1.2  christos      size_input_section already took care of updating it after relaxation,
   5152  1.1.1.2  christos      so we additionally update once here.  */
   5153  1.1.1.2  christos   sec->output_offset = sec->output_section->size;
   5154  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma pc = sec_addr (sec) + rel->r_offset;
   5155  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5156  1.1.1.3  christos   /* If pc and symbol not in the same segment, add/sub segment alignment.  */
   5157  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!loongarch_two_sections_in_same_segment (info->output_bfd,
   5158  1.1.1.3  christos 					       sec->output_section,
   5159  1.1.1.3  christos 					       sym_sec->output_section))
   5160  1.1.1.3  christos     max_alignment = info->maxpagesize > max_alignment ? info->maxpagesize
   5161  1.1.1.3  christos 							: max_alignment;
   5162  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5163  1.1.1.2  christos   if (symval > pc)
   5164  1.1.1.2  christos     pc -= (max_alignment > 4 ? max_alignment : 0);
   5165  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (symval < pc)
   5166  1.1.1.2  christos     pc += (max_alignment > 4 ? max_alignment : 0);
   5167  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5168  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Is pcalau12i + addi.d insns?  */
   5169  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!LARCH_INSN_JIRL (jirl)
   5170  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) < (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0xf8000000)
   5171  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) > (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0x7fffffc))
   5172  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   5173  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5174  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Continue next relax trip.  */
   5175  1.1.1.2  christos   *again = true;
   5176  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5177  1.1.1.3  christos   const uint32_t bl = LARCH_OP_BL;
   5178  1.1.1.3  christos   const uint32_t b = LARCH_OP_B;
   5179  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5180  1.1.1.2  christos   if (rd)
   5181  1.1.1.2  christos     bfd_put (32, abfd, bl, contents + rel->r_offset);
   5182  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   5183  1.1.1.2  christos     bfd_put (32, abfd, b, contents + rel->r_offset);
   5184  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5185  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust relocations.  */
   5186  1.1.1.2  christos   rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info), R_LARCH_B26);
   5187  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Delete jirl instruction.  */
   5188  1.1.1.2  christos   loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel->r_offset + 4, 4, info);
   5189  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   5190  1.1.1.2  christos }
   5191  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5192  1.1.1.2  christos /* Relax pcalau12i,ld.d => pcalau12i,addi.d.  */
   5193  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   5194  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_pcala_ld (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
   5195  1.1.1.3  christos 			  asection *sym_sec,
   5196  1.1.1.3  christos 			  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_hi,
   5197  1.1.1.3  christos 			  bfd_vma symval,
   5198  1.1.1.3  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5199  1.1.1.3  christos 			  bool *again ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   5200  1.1.1.3  christos 			  bfd_vma max_alignment)
   5201  1.1.1.2  christos {
   5202  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   5203  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_lo = rel_hi + 2;
   5204  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t pca = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_hi->r_offset);
   5205  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t ld = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_lo->r_offset);
   5206  1.1.1.3  christos   uint32_t rd = LARCH_GET_RD (pca);
   5207  1.1.1.3  christos   uint32_t addi_d = LARCH_OP_ADDI_D;
   5208  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5209  1.1.1.3  christos   /* This section's output_offset need to subtract the bytes of instructions
   5210  1.1.1.3  christos      relaxed by the previous sections, so it needs to be updated beforehand.
   5211  1.1.1.3  christos      size_input_section already took care of updating it after relaxation,
   5212  1.1.1.3  christos      so we additionally update once here.  */
   5213  1.1.1.3  christos   sec->output_offset = sec->output_section->size;
   5214  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_vma pc = sec_addr (sec) + rel_hi->r_offset;
   5215  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5216  1.1.1.3  christos   /* If pc and symbol not in the same segment, add/sub segment alignment.  */
   5217  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!loongarch_two_sections_in_same_segment (info->output_bfd,
   5218  1.1.1.3  christos 					       sec->output_section,
   5219  1.1.1.3  christos 					       sym_sec->output_section))
   5220  1.1.1.3  christos     max_alignment = info->maxpagesize > max_alignment ? info->maxpagesize
   5221  1.1.1.3  christos 							: max_alignment;
   5222  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5223  1.1.1.3  christos   if (symval > pc)
   5224  1.1.1.3  christos     pc -= (max_alignment > 4 ? max_alignment : 0);
   5225  1.1.1.3  christos   else if (symval < pc)
   5226  1.1.1.3  christos     pc += (max_alignment > 4 ? max_alignment : 0);
   5227  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5228  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel_lo->r_info) != R_LARCH_GOT_PC_LO12)
   5229  1.1.1.3  christos       || (LARCH_GET_RD (ld) != rd)
   5230  1.1.1.3  christos       || (LARCH_GET_RJ (ld) != rd)
   5231  1.1.1.3  christos       || !LARCH_INSN_LD_D (ld)
   5232  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Within +-2G addressing range.  */
   5233  1.1.1.3  christos       || (bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) < (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0x80000000
   5234  1.1.1.3  christos       || (bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) > (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0x7fffffff)
   5235  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   5236  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5237  1.1.1.2  christos   addi_d = addi_d | (rd << 5) | rd;
   5238  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put (32, abfd, addi_d, contents + rel_lo->r_offset);
   5239  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5240  1.1.1.2  christos   rel_hi->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_hi->r_info),
   5241  1.1.1.2  christos 				 R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20);
   5242  1.1.1.2  christos   rel_lo->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_lo->r_info),
   5243  1.1.1.2  christos 				 R_LARCH_PCALA_LO12);
   5244  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   5245  1.1.1.2  christos }
   5246  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5247  1.1.1.2  christos /* Called by after_allocation to set the information of data segment
   5248  1.1.1.2  christos    before relaxing.  */
   5249  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5250  1.1.1.2  christos void
   5251  1.1.1.2  christos bfd_elfNN_loongarch_set_data_segment_info (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5252  1.1.1.2  christos 				     int *data_segment_phase)
   5253  1.1.1.2  christos {
   5254  1.1.1.2  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   5255  1.1.1.2  christos   htab->data_segment_phase = data_segment_phase;
   5256  1.1.1.2  christos }
   5257  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5258  1.1.1.2  christos /* Implement R_LARCH_ALIGN by deleting excess alignment NOPs.
   5259  1.1.1.2  christos    Once we've handled an R_LARCH_ALIGN, we can't relax anything else.  */
   5260  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   5261  1.1.1.3  christos loongarch_relax_align (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, asection *sym_sec,
   5262  1.1.1.2  christos 			Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   5263  1.1.1.3  christos 			bfd_vma symval ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   5264  1.1.1.3  christos 			struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
   5265  1.1.1.3  christos 			bool *again ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   5266  1.1.1.3  christos 			bfd_vma max_alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5267  1.1.1.2  christos {
   5268  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma  addend, max = 0, alignment = 1;
   5269  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5270  1.1.1.2  christos   int sym_index = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   5271  1.1.1.2  christos   if (sym_index > 0)
   5272  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   5273  1.1.1.2  christos       alignment = 1 << (rel->r_addend & 0xff);
   5274  1.1.1.2  christos       max = rel->r_addend >> 8;
   5275  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   5276  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   5277  1.1.1.2  christos     alignment = rel->r_addend + 4;
   5278  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5279  1.1.1.2  christos   addend = alignment - 4; /* The bytes of NOPs added by R_LARCH_ALIGN.  */
   5280  1.1.1.2  christos   symval -= addend; /* The address of first NOP added by R_LARCH_ALIGN.  */
   5281  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma aligned_addr = ((symval - 1) & ~(alignment - 1)) + alignment;
   5282  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma need_nop_bytes = aligned_addr - symval; /* */
   5283  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5284  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Make sure there are enough NOPs to actually achieve the alignment.  */
   5285  1.1.1.2  christos   if (addend < need_nop_bytes)
   5286  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   5287  1.1.1.2  christos       _bfd_error_handler
   5288  1.1.1.2  christos 	(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): %" PRId64 " bytes required for alignment "
   5289  1.1.1.2  christos 	   "to %" PRId64 "-byte boundary, but only %" PRId64 " present"),
   5290  1.1.1.2  christos 	 abfd, sym_sec, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   5291  1.1.1.2  christos 	 (int64_t) need_nop_bytes, (int64_t) alignment, (int64_t) addend);
   5292  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   5293  1.1.1.2  christos       return false;
   5294  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   5295  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5296  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Once we've handled an R_LARCH_ALIGN in a section,
   5297  1.1.1.2  christos      we can't relax anything else in this section.  */
   5298  1.1.1.2  christos   sec->sec_flg0 = true;
   5299  1.1.1.2  christos   rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   5300  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5301  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If skipping more bytes than the specified maximum,
   5302  1.1.1.2  christos      then the alignment is not done at all and delete all NOPs.  */
   5303  1.1.1.2  christos   if (max > 0 && need_nop_bytes > max)
   5304  1.1.1.2  christos     return loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel->r_offset,
   5305  1.1.1.2  christos 					  addend, link_info);
   5306  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5307  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If the number of NOPs is already correct, there's nothing to do.  */
   5308  1.1.1.2  christos   if (need_nop_bytes == addend)
   5309  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   5310  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5311  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Delete the excess NOPs.  */
   5312  1.1.1.2  christos   return loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
   5313  1.1.1.2  christos 					rel->r_offset + need_nop_bytes,
   5314  1.1.1.2  christos 					addend - need_nop_bytes, link_info);
   5315  1.1.1.2  christos }
   5316  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5317  1.1.1.2  christos /* Relax pcalau12i + addi.d of TLS LD/GD/DESC to pcaddi.  */
   5318  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   5319  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_tls_ld_gd_desc (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, asection *sym_sec,
   5320  1.1.1.2  christos 				Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_hi, bfd_vma symval,
   5321  1.1.1.2  christos 				struct bfd_link_info *info, bool *again,
   5322  1.1.1.2  christos 				bfd_vma max_alignment)
   5323  1.1.1.2  christos {
   5324  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   5325  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_lo = rel_hi + 2;
   5326  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t pca = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_hi->r_offset);
   5327  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t add = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_lo->r_offset);
   5328  1.1.1.3  christos   uint32_t rd = LARCH_GET_RD (pca);
   5329  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5330  1.1.1.2  christos   /* This section's output_offset need to subtract the bytes of instructions
   5331  1.1.1.2  christos      relaxed by the previous sections, so it needs to be updated beforehand.
   5332  1.1.1.2  christos      size_input_section already took care of updating it after relaxation,
   5333  1.1.1.2  christos      so we additionally update once here.  */
   5334  1.1.1.2  christos   sec->output_offset = sec->output_section->size;
   5335  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma pc = sec_addr (sec) + rel_hi->r_offset;
   5336  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5337  1.1.1.3  christos   /* If pc and symbol not in the same segment, add/sub segment alignment.  */
   5338  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!loongarch_two_sections_in_same_segment (info->output_bfd,
   5339  1.1.1.3  christos 					       sec->output_section,
   5340  1.1.1.3  christos 					       sym_sec->output_section))
   5341  1.1.1.3  christos     max_alignment = info->maxpagesize > max_alignment ? info->maxpagesize
   5342  1.1.1.3  christos 							: max_alignment;
   5343  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5344  1.1.1.3  christos   if (symval > pc)
   5345  1.1.1.3  christos     pc -= (max_alignment > 4 ? max_alignment : 0);
   5346  1.1.1.3  christos   else if (symval < pc)
   5347  1.1.1.3  christos     pc += (max_alignment > 4 ? max_alignment : 0);
   5348  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5349  1.1.1.3  christos   const uint32_t pcaddi = LARCH_OP_PCADDI;
   5350  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5351  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Is pcalau12i + addi.d insns?  */
   5352  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel_lo->r_info) != R_LARCH_GOT_PC_LO12
   5353  1.1.1.2  christos 	&& ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel_lo->r_info) != R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12)
   5354  1.1.1.3  christos       || !LARCH_INSN_ADDI_D (add)
   5355  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Is pcalau12i $rd + addi.d $rd,$rd?  */
   5356  1.1.1.3  christos       || (LARCH_GET_RD (add) != rd)
   5357  1.1.1.3  christos       || (LARCH_GET_RJ (add) != rd)
   5358  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Can be relaxed to pcaddi?  */
   5359  1.1.1.2  christos       || (symval & 0x3) /* 4 bytes align.  */
   5360  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) < (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0xffe00000)
   5361  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) > (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0x1ffffc))
   5362  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   5363  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5364  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Continue next relax trip.  */
   5365  1.1.1.2  christos   *again = true;
   5366  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5367  1.1.1.2  christos   pca = pcaddi | rd;
   5368  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put (32, abfd, pca, contents + rel_hi->r_offset);
   5369  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5370  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust relocations.  */
   5371  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel_hi->r_info))
   5372  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   5373  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20:
   5374  1.1.1.2  christos       rel_hi->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_hi->r_info),
   5375  1.1.1.2  christos 				      R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PCREL20_S2);
   5376  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   5377  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20:
   5378  1.1.1.2  christos       rel_hi->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_hi->r_info),
   5379  1.1.1.2  christos 				      R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PCREL20_S2);
   5380  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   5381  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
   5382  1.1.1.2  christos       rel_hi->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_hi->r_info),
   5383  1.1.1.2  christos 				      R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PCREL20_S2);
   5384  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   5385  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   5386  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   5387  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   5388  1.1.1.2  christos   rel_lo->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   5389  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5390  1.1.1.2  christos   loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel_lo->r_offset, 4, info);
   5391  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5392  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   5393  1.1.1.2  christos }
   5394  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5395  1.1.1.2  christos /* Traverse all output sections and return the max alignment.  */
   5396  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5397  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   5398  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_get_max_alignment (asection *sec)
   5399  1.1.1.2  christos {
   5400  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *o;
   5401  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int max_alignment_power = 0;
   5402  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5403  1.1.1.2  christos   for (o = sec->output_section->owner->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
   5404  1.1.1.2  christos       if (o->alignment_power > max_alignment_power)
   5405  1.1.1.2  christos 	max_alignment_power = o->alignment_power;
   5406  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5407  1.1.1.2  christos   return (bfd_vma) 1 << max_alignment_power;
   5408  1.1.1.2  christos }
   5409  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5410  1.1.1.3  christos typedef bool (*relax_func_t) (bfd *, asection *, asection *,
   5411  1.1.1.3  christos 			      Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma,
   5412  1.1.1.3  christos 			      struct bfd_link_info *, bool *,
   5413  1.1.1.3  christos 			       bfd_vma);
   5414  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5415  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   5416  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
   5417  1.1.1.3  christos 			     struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5418  1.1.1.3  christos 			     bool *again)
   5419  1.1.1.2  christos {
   5420  1.1.1.2  christos   *again = false;
   5421  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5422  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)
   5423  1.1.1.3  christos       || elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (info)) != LARCH_ELF_DATA)
   5424  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   5425  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5426  1.1.1.3  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   5427  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5428  1.1.1.3  christos   /* It may happen that some sections have updated vma but the others do
   5429  1.1.1.3  christos      not.  Go to the next relax trip (size_relative_relocs should have
   5430  1.1.1.3  christos      been demending another relax trip anyway).  */
   5431  1.1.1.3  christos   if (htab->layout_mutating_for_relr)
   5432  1.1.1.3  christos     return true;
   5433  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5434  1.1.1.2  christos   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   5435  1.1.1.2  christos       || sec->sec_flg0
   5436  1.1.1.2  christos       || sec->reloc_count == 0
   5437  1.1.1.3  christos       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
   5438  1.1.1.3  christos       || (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
   5439  1.1.1.3  christos       /* The exp_seg_relro_adjust is enum phase_enum (0x4).  */
   5440  1.1.1.3  christos       || *(htab->data_segment_phase) == 4
   5441  1.1.1.2  christos       || (info->disable_target_specific_optimizations
   5442  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && info->relax_pass == 0))
   5443  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   5444  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5445  1.1.1.3  christos   struct bfd_elf_section_data *data = elf_section_data (sec);
   5446  1.1.1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
   5447  1.1.1.2  christos   if (data->relocs)
   5448  1.1.1.2  christos     relocs = data->relocs;
   5449  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (!(relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
   5450  1.1.1.2  christos 						 info->keep_memory)))
   5451  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   5452  1.1.1.3  christos   data->relocs = relocs;
   5453  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5454  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Read this BFD's contents if we haven't done so already.  */
   5455  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!data->this_hdr.contents
   5456  1.1.1.2  christos       && !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &data->this_hdr.contents))
   5457  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   5458  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5459  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
   5460  1.1.1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   5461  1.1.1.2  christos   if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0
   5462  1.1.1.2  christos       && !symtab_hdr->contents
   5463  1.1.1.2  christos       && !(symtab_hdr->contents =
   5464  1.1.1.2  christos 	   (unsigned char *) bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
   5465  1.1.1.2  christos 						   symtab_hdr->sh_info,
   5466  1.1.1.2  christos 						   0, NULL, NULL, NULL)))
   5467  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   5468  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5469  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Estimate the maximum alignment for all output sections once time
   5470  1.1.1.2  christos      should be enough.  */
   5471  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_vma max_alignment = htab->max_alignment;
   5472  1.1.1.2  christos   if (max_alignment == (bfd_vma) -1)
   5473  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   5474  1.1.1.2  christos       max_alignment = loongarch_get_max_alignment (sec);
   5475  1.1.1.2  christos       htab->max_alignment = max_alignment;
   5476  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   5477  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5478  1.1.1.2  christos   for (unsigned int i = 0; i < sec->reloc_count; i++)
   5479  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   5480  1.1.1.2  christos       char symtype;
   5481  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_vma symval;
   5482  1.1.1.2  christos       asection *sym_sec;
   5483  1.1.1.2  christos       bool local_got = false;
   5484  1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel = relocs + i;
   5485  1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   5486  1.1.1.2  christos       unsigned long r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   5487  1.1.1.2  christos       unsigned long r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   5488  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5489  1.1.1.3  christos       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   5490  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   5491  1.1.1.3  christos 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   5492  1.1.1.3  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5493  1.1.1.3  christos 	       || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   5494  1.1.1.3  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   5495  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   5496  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5497  1.1.1.3  christos       /* If the conditions for tls type transition are met, type
   5498  1.1.1.3  christos 	 transition is performed instead of relax.
   5499  1.1.1.3  christos 	 During the transition from DESC->IE/LE, there are 2 situations
   5500  1.1.1.3  christos 	 depending on the different configurations of the relax/norelax
   5501  1.1.1.3  christos 	 option.
   5502  1.1.1.3  christos 	 If the -relax option is used, the extra nops will be removed,
   5503  1.1.1.3  christos 	 and this transition is performed in pass 0.
   5504  1.1.1.3  christos 	 If the --no-relax option is used, nop will be retained, and
   5505  1.1.1.3  christos 	 this transition is performed in pass 1.  */
   5506  1.1.1.3  christos       if (IS_LOONGARCH_TLS_TRANS_RELOC (r_type)
   5507  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && (i + 1 != sec->reloc_count)
   5508  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_LARCH_RELAX
   5509  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
   5510  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && loongarch_can_trans_tls (abfd, info, h, r_symndx, r_type))
   5511  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   5512  1.1.1.3  christos 	  loongarch_tls_perform_trans (abfd, sec, rel, h, info);
   5513  1.1.1.3  christos 	  r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   5514  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   5515  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5516  1.1.1.3  christos       relax_func_t relax_func = NULL;
   5517  1.1.1.3  christos       if (info->relax_pass == 0)
   5518  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   5519  1.1.1.3  christos 	  switch (r_type)
   5520  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   5521  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20:
   5522  1.1.1.3  christos 	      relax_func = loongarch_relax_pcala_addi;
   5523  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   5524  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20:
   5525  1.1.1.3  christos 	      relax_func = loongarch_relax_pcala_ld;
   5526  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   5527  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_CALL36:
   5528  1.1.1.3  christos 	      relax_func = loongarch_relax_call36;
   5529  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   5530  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20_R:
   5531  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12_R:
   5532  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_ADD_R:
   5533  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20:
   5534  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12:
   5535  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_LO20:
   5536  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_HI12:
   5537  1.1.1.3  christos 	      relax_func = loongarch_relax_tls_le;
   5538  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   5539  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20:
   5540  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20:
   5541  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
   5542  1.1.1.3  christos 	      relax_func = loongarch_relax_tls_ld_gd_desc;
   5543  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   5544  1.1.1.3  christos 	    default:
   5545  1.1.1.3  christos 		continue;
   5546  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   5547  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5548  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Only relax this reloc if it is paired with R_RISCV_RELAX.  */
   5549  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20
   5550  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20
   5551  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20
   5552  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20
   5553  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20)
   5554  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   5555  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if ((i + 2) == sec->reloc_count - 1
   5556  1.1.1.3  christos 		  || ELFNN_R_TYPE ((rel + 1)->r_info) != R_LARCH_RELAX
   5557  1.1.1.3  christos 		  || ELFNN_R_TYPE ((rel + 3)->r_info) != R_LARCH_RELAX
   5558  1.1.1.3  christos 		  || rel->r_offset != (rel + 1)->r_offset
   5559  1.1.1.3  christos 		  || (rel + 2)->r_offset != (rel + 3)->r_offset
   5560  1.1.1.3  christos 		  || rel->r_offset + 4 != (rel + 2)->r_offset)
   5561  1.1.1.3  christos 		continue;
   5562  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   5563  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else
   5564  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   5565  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (i == sec->reloc_count - 1
   5566  1.1.1.3  christos 		  || ELFNN_R_TYPE ((rel + 1)->r_info) != R_LARCH_RELAX
   5567  1.1.1.3  christos 		  || rel->r_offset != (rel + 1)->r_offset)
   5568  1.1.1.3  christos 		continue;
   5569  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   5570  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   5571  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (info->relax_pass == 1 && r_type == R_LARCH_ALIGN)
   5572  1.1.1.3  christos 	relax_func = loongarch_relax_align;
   5573  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   5574  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   5575  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5576  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Four kind of relocations:
   5577  1.1.1.2  christos 	 Normal: symval is the symbol address.
   5578  1.1.1.2  christos 	 R_LARCH_ALIGN: symval is the address of the last NOP instruction
   5579  1.1.1.2  christos 	 added by this relocation, and then adds 4 more.
   5580  1.1.1.2  christos 	 R_LARCH_CALL36: symval is the symbol address for local symbols,
   5581  1.1.1.2  christos 	 or the PLT entry address of the symbol. (Todo)
   5582  1.1.1.2  christos 	 R_LARCHL_TLS_LD/GD/DESC_PC_HI20: symval is the GOT entry address
   5583  1.1.1.2  christos 	 of the symbol if transition is not possible.  */
   5584  1.1.1.2  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   5585  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   5586  1.1.1.2  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)symtab_hdr->contents
   5587  1.1.1.2  christos 				    + r_symndx;
   5588  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5589  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   5590  1.1.1.3  christos 	       && r_type != R_LARCH_CALL36)
   5591  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
   5592  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   5593  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5594  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Only TLS instruction sequences that are accompanied by
   5595  1.1.1.2  christos 	     R_LARCH_RELAX and cannot perform type transition can be
   5596  1.1.1.2  christos 	     relaxed.  */
   5597  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20
   5598  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20
   5599  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20)
   5600  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   5601  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sym_sec = htab->elf.sgot;
   5602  1.1.1.2  christos 	      symval = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd)[r_symndx];
   5603  1.1.1.2  christos 	      char tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (abfd, h,
   5604  1.1.1.2  christos 							    r_symndx);
   5605  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20
   5606  1.1.1.2  christos 		    && GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (tls_type))
   5607  1.1.1.2  christos 		symval += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5608  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   5609  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF || r_type == R_LARCH_ALIGN)
   5610  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   5611  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sym_sec = sec;
   5612  1.1.1.2  christos 	      symval = rel->r_offset;
   5613  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   5614  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   5615  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   5616  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sym_sec = elf_elfsections (abfd)[sym->st_shndx]->bfd_section;
   5617  1.1.1.2  christos 	      symval = sym->st_value;
   5618  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   5619  1.1.1.2  christos 	  symtype = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info);
   5620  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   5621  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   5622  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   5623  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   5624  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && ((h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   5625  1.1.1.3  christos 		   && r_type != R_LARCH_CALL36)
   5626  1.1.1.3  christos 		  || bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.u.def.section)))
   5627  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   5628  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5629  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The GOT entry of tls symbols must in current execute file or
   5630  1.1.1.2  christos 	     shared object.  */
   5631  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20
   5632  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20
   5633  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20)
   5634  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   5635  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sym_sec = htab->elf.sgot;
   5636  1.1.1.2  christos 	      symval = h->got.offset;
   5637  1.1.1.2  christos 	      char tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (abfd, h,
   5638  1.1.1.2  christos 							    r_symndx);
   5639  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20
   5640  1.1.1.2  christos 		    && GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (tls_type))
   5641  1.1.1.2  christos 		symval += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5642  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   5643  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   5644  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   5645  1.1.1.3  christos 	      sym_sec = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
   5646  1.1.1.3  christos 	      symval = h->plt.offset;
   5647  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   5648  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Like loongarch_elf_relocate_section, set relocation(offset) to 0.
   5649  1.1.1.3  christos 	     Undefweak for other relocations handing in the future.  */
   5650  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   5651  1.1.1.3  christos 		    && !h->root.linker_def
   5652  1.1.1.3  christos 		    && r_type == R_LARCH_CALL36)
   5653  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   5654  1.1.1.3  christos 	      sym_sec = sec;
   5655  1.1.1.3  christos 	      symval = rel->r_offset;
   5656  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   5657  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   5658  1.1.1.2  christos 		  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   5659  1.1.1.2  christos 		&& h->root.u.def.section != NULL
   5660  1.1.1.2  christos 		&& h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
   5661  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   5662  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sym_sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   5663  1.1.1.3  christos 	      symval = h->root.u.def.value;
   5664  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   5665  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   5666  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   5667  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5668  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (h && LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h))
   5669  1.1.1.2  christos 	    local_got = true;
   5670  1.1.1.2  christos 	  symtype = h->type;
   5671  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   5672  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5673  1.1.1.2  christos       if (sym_sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
   5674  1.1.1.2  christos 	   && (sym_sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
   5675  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   5676  1.1.1.2  christos 	   if (symtype == STT_SECTION)
   5677  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symval += rel->r_addend;
   5678  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5679  1.1.1.2  christos 	   symval = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &sym_sec,
   5680  1.1.1.2  christos 				elf_section_data (sym_sec)->sec_info,
   5681  1.1.1.2  christos 				symval);
   5682  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5683  1.1.1.2  christos 	   if (symtype != STT_SECTION)
   5684  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symval += rel->r_addend;
   5685  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   5686  1.1.1.2  christos       /* For R_LARCH_ALIGN, symval is sec_addr (sec) + rel->r_offset
   5687  1.1.1.2  christos 	 + (alingmeng - 4).
   5688  1.1.1.2  christos 	 If r_symndx is 0, alignmeng-4 is r_addend.
   5689  1.1.1.2  christos 	 If r_symndx > 0, alignment-4 is 2^(r_addend & 0xff)-4.  */
   5690  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (r_type == R_LARCH_ALIGN)
   5691  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (r_symndx > 0)
   5692  1.1.1.2  christos 	  symval += ((1 << (rel->r_addend & 0xff)) - 4);
   5693  1.1.1.2  christos 	else
   5694  1.1.1.2  christos 	  symval += rel->r_addend;
   5695  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   5696  1.1.1.2  christos 	symval += rel->r_addend;
   5697  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5698  1.1.1.2  christos       symval += sec_addr (sym_sec);
   5699  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5700  1.1.1.3  christos       if (r_type == R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20 && !local_got)
   5701  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   5702  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5703  1.1.1.3  christos       if (relax_func (abfd, sec, sym_sec, rel, symval,
   5704  1.1.1.3  christos 		      info, again, max_alignment)
   5705  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && relax_func == loongarch_relax_pcala_ld)
   5706  1.1.1.3  christos 	loongarch_relax_pcala_addi (abfd, sec, sym_sec, rel, symval,
   5707  1.1.1.3  christos 				    info, again, max_alignment);
   5708  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   5709  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5710  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   5711  1.1.1.2  christos }
   5712  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5713      1.1  christos /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   5714      1.1  christos    dynamic sections here.  */
   5715      1.1  christos 
   5716      1.1  christos static bool
   5717      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   5718      1.1  christos 				     struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5719      1.1  christos 				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   5720      1.1  christos 				     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   5721      1.1  christos {
   5722      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   5723      1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
   5724      1.1  christos 
   5725      1.1  christos   if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   5726      1.1  christos     {
   5727      1.1  christos       size_t i, plt_idx;
   5728      1.1  christos       asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt;
   5729      1.1  christos       bfd_vma got_address;
   5730      1.1  christos       uint32_t plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_INSNS];
   5731      1.1  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   5732      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   5733      1.1  christos 
   5734      1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.splt)
   5735      1.1  christos 	{
   5736      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   5737  1.1.1.3  christos 		       && LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h))
   5738      1.1  christos 		      || h->dynindx != -1);
   5739      1.1  christos 
   5740      1.1  christos 	  plt = htab->elf.splt;
   5741      1.1  christos 	  gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
   5742  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h))
   5743      1.1  christos 	    relplt = htab->elf.srelgot;
   5744      1.1  christos 	  else
   5745      1.1  christos 	    relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
   5746      1.1  christos 	  plt_idx = (h->plt.offset - PLT_HEADER_SIZE) / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5747      1.1  christos 	  got_address =
   5748      1.1  christos 	    sec_addr (gotplt) + GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE + plt_idx * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5749      1.1  christos 	}
   5750      1.1  christos       else /* if (htab->elf.iplt) */
   5751      1.1  christos 	{
   5752      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   5753  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h));
   5754      1.1  christos 
   5755      1.1  christos 	  plt = htab->elf.iplt;
   5756      1.1  christos 	  gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
   5757      1.1  christos 	  relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
   5758      1.1  christos 	  plt_idx = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5759      1.1  christos 	  got_address = sec_addr (gotplt) + plt_idx * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5760      1.1  christos 	}
   5761      1.1  christos 
   5762      1.1  christos       /* Find out where the .plt entry should go.  */
   5763      1.1  christos       loc = plt->contents + h->plt.offset;
   5764      1.1  christos 
   5765      1.1  christos       /* Fill in the PLT entry itself.  */
   5766      1.1  christos       if (!loongarch_make_plt_entry (got_address,
   5767      1.1  christos 				     sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset,
   5768      1.1  christos 				     plt_entry))
   5769      1.1  christos 	return false;
   5770      1.1  christos 
   5771      1.1  christos       for (i = 0; i < PLT_ENTRY_INSNS; i++)
   5772      1.1  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + 4 * i);
   5773      1.1  christos 
   5774      1.1  christos       /* Fill in the initial value of the got.plt entry.  */
   5775      1.1  christos       loc = gotplt->contents + (got_address - sec_addr (gotplt));
   5776      1.1  christos       bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, sec_addr (plt), loc);
   5777      1.1  christos 
   5778      1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = got_address;
   5779      1.1  christos 
   5780      1.1  christos       /* TRUE if this is a PLT reference to a local IFUNC.  */
   5781      1.1  christos       if (PLT_LOCAL_IFUNC_P (info, h)
   5782      1.1  christos 	  && (relplt == htab->elf.srelgot
   5783      1.1  christos 	      || relplt == htab->elf.irelplt))
   5784      1.1  christos 	{
   5785      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_IRELATIVE);
   5786      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   5787      1.1  christos 			       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   5788      1.1  christos 			       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   5789      1.1  christos 
   5790  1.1.1.2  christos 	  loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, relplt, &rela);
   5791      1.1  christos 	}
   5792      1.1  christos       else
   5793      1.1  christos 	{
   5794      1.1  christos 	  /* Fill in the entry in the rela.plt section.  */
   5795      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_LARCH_JUMP_SLOT);
   5796      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   5797      1.1  christos 	  loc = relplt->contents + plt_idx * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   5798      1.1  christos 	  bed->s->swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   5799      1.1  christos 	}
   5800      1.1  christos 
   5801      1.1  christos       if (!h->def_regular)
   5802      1.1  christos 	{
   5803      1.1  christos 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   5804      1.1  christos 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   5805      1.1  christos 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   5806      1.1  christos 	  /* If the symbol is weak, we do need to clear the value.
   5807      1.1  christos 	     Otherwise, the PLT entry would provide a definition for
   5808      1.1  christos 	     the symbol even if the symbol wasn't defined anywhere,
   5809      1.1  christos 	     and so the symbol would never be NULL.  */
   5810      1.1  christos 	  if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
   5811      1.1  christos 	    sym->st_value = 0;
   5812      1.1  christos 	}
   5813      1.1  christos     }
   5814      1.1  christos 
   5815      1.1  christos   if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE
   5816      1.1  christos       /* TLS got entry have been handled in elf_relocate_section.  */
   5817  1.1.1.2  christos       && !(loongarch_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type
   5818  1.1.1.2  christos 	   & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
   5819      1.1  christos       /* Have allocated got entry but not allocated rela before.  */
   5820      1.1  christos       && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
   5821      1.1  christos     {
   5822      1.1  christos       asection *sgot, *srela;
   5823      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   5824      1.1  christos       bfd_vma off = h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma)1;
   5825      1.1  christos 
   5826      1.1  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the GOT.  Set it up.  */
   5827      1.1  christos       sgot = htab->elf.sgot;
   5828      1.1  christos       srela = htab->elf.srelgot;
   5829      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (sgot && srela);
   5830      1.1  christos 
   5831      1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = sec_addr (sgot) + off;
   5832      1.1  christos 
   5833      1.1  christos       if (h->def_regular
   5834      1.1  christos 	  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   5835      1.1  christos 	{
   5836      1.1  christos 	  if(h->plt.offset == MINUS_ONE)
   5837      1.1  christos 	    {
   5838      1.1  christos 	      if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
   5839      1.1  christos 		srela = htab->elf.irelplt;
   5840      1.1  christos 
   5841  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h))
   5842      1.1  christos 		{
   5843      1.1  christos 		  asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   5844      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_IRELATIVE);
   5845      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_addend = h->root.u.def.value + sec->output_section->vma
   5846      1.1  christos 		    + sec->output_offset;
   5847      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents + off);
   5848      1.1  christos 		}
   5849      1.1  christos 	      else
   5850      1.1  christos 		{
   5851      1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   5852      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_LARCH_NN);
   5853      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_addend = 0;
   5854      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + off);
   5855      1.1  christos 		}
   5856      1.1  christos 	    }
   5857      1.1  christos 	  else if(bfd_link_pic (info))
   5858      1.1  christos 	    {
   5859      1.1  christos 	      rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_LARCH_NN);
   5860      1.1  christos 	      rela.r_addend = 0;
   5861      1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, rela.r_addend, sgot->contents + off);
   5862      1.1  christos 	    }
   5863      1.1  christos 	  else
   5864      1.1  christos 	    {
   5865      1.1  christos 	      asection *plt;
   5866      1.1  christos 	      /* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which
   5867      1.1  christos 		 contains the real function address if we need pointer
   5868      1.1  christos 		 equality.  We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry.  */
   5869      1.1  christos 	      plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
   5870      1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd,
   5871      1.1  christos 			  (plt->output_section->vma
   5872      1.1  christos 			   + plt->output_offset
   5873      1.1  christos 			   + h->plt.offset),
   5874      1.1  christos 			  sgot->contents + off);
   5875      1.1  christos 	      return true;
   5876      1.1  christos 	    }
   5877      1.1  christos 	}
   5878  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (bfd_link_pic (info) && LARCH_REF_LOCAL (info, h))
   5879      1.1  christos 	{
   5880      1.1  christos 	  asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   5881  1.1.1.3  christos 	  bfd_vma linkaddr = h->root.u.def.value + sec->output_section->vma
   5882  1.1.1.3  christos 			     + sec->output_offset;
   5883  1.1.1.3  christos 
   5884  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Don't emit relative relocs if they are packed, but we need
   5885  1.1.1.3  christos 	     to write the addend (link-time addr) into the GOT then.  */
   5886  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (info->enable_dt_relr)
   5887  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   5888  1.1.1.3  christos 	      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, linkaddr, sgot->contents + off);
   5889  1.1.1.3  christos 	      goto skip_got_reloc;
   5890  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   5891      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   5892  1.1.1.3  christos 	  rela.r_addend = linkaddr;
   5893      1.1  christos 	}
   5894      1.1  christos       else
   5895      1.1  christos 	{
   5896      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   5897      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_LARCH_NN);
   5898      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   5899      1.1  christos 	}
   5900      1.1  christos 
   5901      1.1  christos       loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   5902      1.1  christos     }
   5903  1.1.1.3  christos skip_got_reloc:
   5904      1.1  christos 
   5905      1.1  christos   /* Mark some specially defined symbols as absolute.  */
   5906      1.1  christos   if (h == htab->elf.hdynamic || h == htab->elf.hgot || h == htab->elf.hplt)
   5907      1.1  christos     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   5908      1.1  christos 
   5909      1.1  christos   return true;
   5910      1.1  christos }
   5911      1.1  christos 
   5912      1.1  christos /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   5913      1.1  christos 
   5914      1.1  christos static bool
   5915      1.1  christos loongarch_finish_dyn (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *dynobj,
   5916      1.1  christos 		      asection *sdyn)
   5917      1.1  christos {
   5918      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   5919      1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
   5920      1.1  christos   size_t dynsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn, skipped_size = 0;
   5921      1.1  christos   bfd_byte *dyncon, *dynconend;
   5922      1.1  christos 
   5923      1.1  christos   dynconend = sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
   5924      1.1  christos   for (dyncon = sdyn->contents; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon += dynsize)
   5925      1.1  christos     {
   5926      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   5927      1.1  christos       asection *s;
   5928      1.1  christos       int skipped = 0;
   5929      1.1  christos 
   5930      1.1  christos       bed->s->swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   5931      1.1  christos 
   5932      1.1  christos       switch (dyn.d_tag)
   5933      1.1  christos 	{
   5934      1.1  christos 	case DT_PLTGOT:
   5935      1.1  christos 	  s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
   5936      1.1  christos 	  dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   5937      1.1  christos 	  break;
   5938      1.1  christos 	case DT_JMPREL:
   5939      1.1  christos 	  s = htab->elf.srelplt;
   5940      1.1  christos 	  dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   5941      1.1  christos 	  break;
   5942      1.1  christos 	case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   5943      1.1  christos 	  s = htab->elf.srelplt;
   5944      1.1  christos 	  dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   5945      1.1  christos 	  break;
   5946      1.1  christos 	case DT_TEXTREL:
   5947      1.1  christos 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   5948      1.1  christos 	    skipped = 1;
   5949      1.1  christos 	  break;
   5950      1.1  christos 	case DT_FLAGS:
   5951      1.1  christos 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   5952      1.1  christos 	    dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
   5953      1.1  christos 	  break;
   5954      1.1  christos 	}
   5955      1.1  christos       if (skipped)
   5956      1.1  christos 	skipped_size += dynsize;
   5957      1.1  christos       else
   5958      1.1  christos 	bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon - skipped_size);
   5959      1.1  christos     }
   5960      1.1  christos   /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag.  */
   5961      1.1  christos   memset (dyncon - skipped_size, 0, skipped_size);
   5962      1.1  christos   return true;
   5963      1.1  christos }
   5964      1.1  christos 
   5965      1.1  christos /* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of
   5966      1.1  christos    various dynamic sections here.  */
   5967      1.1  christos 
   5968  1.1.1.2  christos static int
   5969      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf)
   5970      1.1  christos {
   5971      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
   5972      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   5973      1.1  christos 
   5974      1.1  christos   return loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info, h, NULL);
   5975      1.1  christos }
   5976      1.1  christos 
   5977  1.1.1.2  christos /* Value of struct elf_backend_data->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms,
   5978  1.1.1.2  christos    this function is called before elf_link_sort_relocs.
   5979  1.1.1.2  christos    So relocation R_LARCH_IRELATIVE for local ifunc can be append to
   5980  1.1.1.2  christos    .rela.dyn (.rela.got) by loongarch_elf_append_rela.  */
   5981  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5982  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   5983  1.1.1.2  christos elf_loongarch_output_arch_local_syms
   5984  1.1.1.2  christos   (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   5985  1.1.1.2  christos    struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5986  1.1.1.2  christos    void *flaginfo ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   5987  1.1.1.2  christos    int (*func) (void *, const char *,
   5988  1.1.1.2  christos 		Elf_Internal_Sym *,
   5989  1.1.1.2  christos 		asection *,
   5990  1.1.1.2  christos 		struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5991  1.1.1.2  christos {
   5992  1.1.1.2  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   5993  1.1.1.2  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   5994  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   5995  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5996  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
   5997  1.1.1.2  christos   htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
   5998  1.1.1.2  christos 		 elfNN_loongarch_finish_local_dynamic_symbol,
   5999  1.1.1.2  christos 		 info);
   6000  1.1.1.2  christos 
   6001  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   6002  1.1.1.2  christos }
   6003  1.1.1.2  christos 
   6004      1.1  christos static bool
   6005      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   6006      1.1  christos 				       struct bfd_link_info *info)
   6007      1.1  christos {
   6008      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   6009      1.1  christos   asection *sdyn, *plt, *gotplt = NULL;
   6010      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   6011      1.1  christos 
   6012      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   6013      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   6014      1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
   6015      1.1  christos   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   6016      1.1  christos 
   6017      1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   6018      1.1  christos     {
   6019      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt && sdyn);
   6020      1.1  christos 
   6021      1.1  christos       if (!loongarch_finish_dyn (output_bfd, info, dynobj, sdyn))
   6022      1.1  christos 	return false;
   6023      1.1  christos     }
   6024      1.1  christos 
   6025      1.1  christos   plt = htab->elf.splt;
   6026      1.1  christos   gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
   6027      1.1  christos 
   6028      1.1  christos   if (plt && 0 < plt->size)
   6029      1.1  christos     {
   6030      1.1  christos       size_t i;
   6031      1.1  christos       uint32_t plt_header[PLT_HEADER_INSNS];
   6032      1.1  christos       if (!loongarch_make_plt_header (sec_addr (gotplt), sec_addr (plt),
   6033      1.1  christos 				      plt_header))
   6034      1.1  christos 	return false;
   6035      1.1  christos 
   6036      1.1  christos       for (i = 0; i < PLT_HEADER_INSNS; i++)
   6037      1.1  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_header[i], plt->contents + 4 * i);
   6038      1.1  christos 
   6039      1.1  christos       elf_section_data (plt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize =
   6040      1.1  christos 	PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   6041      1.1  christos     }
   6042      1.1  christos 
   6043      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.sgotplt)
   6044      1.1  christos     {
   6045      1.1  christos       asection *output_section = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section;
   6046      1.1  christos 
   6047      1.1  christos       if (bfd_is_abs_section (output_section))
   6048      1.1  christos 	{
   6049      1.1  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler (_("discarded output section: `%pA'"),
   6050      1.1  christos 			      htab->elf.sgotplt);
   6051      1.1  christos 	  return false;
   6052      1.1  christos 	}
   6053      1.1  christos 
   6054      1.1  christos       if (0 < htab->elf.sgotplt->size)
   6055      1.1  christos 	{
   6056      1.1  christos 	  /* Write the first two entries in .got.plt, needed for the dynamic
   6057      1.1  christos 	     linker.  */
   6058      1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, MINUS_ONE, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents);
   6059      1.1  christos 
   6060      1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
   6061      1.1  christos 		      htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   6062      1.1  christos 	}
   6063      1.1  christos 
   6064      1.1  christos       elf_section_data (output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   6065      1.1  christos     }
   6066      1.1  christos 
   6067      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.sgot)
   6068      1.1  christos     {
   6069      1.1  christos       asection *output_section = htab->elf.sgot->output_section;
   6070      1.1  christos 
   6071      1.1  christos       if (0 < htab->elf.sgot->size)
   6072      1.1  christos 	{
   6073      1.1  christos 	  /* Set the first entry in the global offset table to the address of
   6074      1.1  christos 	     the dynamic section.  */
   6075      1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma val = sdyn ? sec_addr (sdyn) : 0;
   6076      1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, val, htab->elf.sgot->contents);
   6077      1.1  christos 	}
   6078      1.1  christos 
   6079      1.1  christos       elf_section_data (output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   6080      1.1  christos     }
   6081      1.1  christos 
   6082      1.1  christos   return true;
   6083      1.1  christos }
   6084      1.1  christos 
   6085      1.1  christos /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   6086      1.1  christos    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   6087      1.1  christos 
   6088      1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   6089      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   6090      1.1  christos 			   const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6091      1.1  christos {
   6092      1.1  christos   return plt->vma + PLT_HEADER_SIZE + i * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   6093      1.1  christos }
   6094      1.1  christos 
   6095      1.1  christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   6096      1.1  christos loongarch_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6097      1.1  christos 			    const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6098      1.1  christos 			    const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   6099      1.1  christos {
   6100      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   6101      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   6102      1.1  christos 
   6103      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.dynsym != NULL && htab->elf.dynsym->contents != NULL)
   6104      1.1  christos     {
   6105      1.1  christos       /* Check relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol if there are
   6106      1.1  christos 	 dynamic symbols.  */
   6107      1.1  christos       bfd *abfd = info->output_bfd;
   6108      1.1  christos       const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
   6109      1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
   6110      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
   6111      1.1  christos 	{
   6112      1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
   6113      1.1  christos 	  if (!bed->s->swap_symbol_in (abfd,
   6114      1.1  christos 				       htab->elf.dynsym->contents
   6115      1.1  christos 				       + r_symndx * bed->s->sizeof_sym,
   6116      1.1  christos 				       0, &sym))
   6117      1.1  christos 	    {
   6118      1.1  christos 	      /* xgettext:c-format  */
   6119      1.1  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
   6120      1.1  christos 				    " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
   6121      1.1  christos 				  abfd, r_symndx);
   6122      1.1  christos 	      /* Ideally an error class should be returned here.  */
   6123      1.1  christos 	    }
   6124      1.1  christos 	  else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   6125      1.1  christos 	    return reloc_class_ifunc;
   6126      1.1  christos 	}
   6127      1.1  christos     }
   6128      1.1  christos 
   6129      1.1  christos   switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   6130      1.1  christos     {
   6131      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_IRELATIVE:
   6132      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_ifunc;
   6133      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_RELATIVE:
   6134      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_relative;
   6135      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_JUMP_SLOT:
   6136      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_plt;
   6137      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_COPY:
   6138      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_copy;
   6139      1.1  christos     default:
   6140      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_normal;
   6141      1.1  christos     }
   6142      1.1  christos }
   6143      1.1  christos 
   6144      1.1  christos /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
   6145      1.1  christos 
   6146      1.1  christos static void
   6147      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   6148      1.1  christos 				    struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   6149      1.1  christos 				    struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   6150      1.1  christos {
   6151      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   6152      1.1  christos 
   6153      1.1  christos   edir = dir;
   6154      1.1  christos   eind = ind;
   6155      1.1  christos 
   6156      1.1  christos   if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   6157      1.1  christos     {
   6158      1.1  christos       if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   6159      1.1  christos 	{
   6160      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   6161      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   6162      1.1  christos 
   6163      1.1  christos 	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
   6164      1.1  christos 	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
   6165      1.1  christos 	  for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL;)
   6166      1.1  christos 	    {
   6167      1.1  christos 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
   6168      1.1  christos 
   6169      1.1  christos 	      for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
   6170      1.1  christos 		if (q->sec == p->sec)
   6171      1.1  christos 		  {
   6172      1.1  christos 		    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
   6173      1.1  christos 		    q->count += p->count;
   6174      1.1  christos 		    *pp = p->next;
   6175      1.1  christos 		    break;
   6176      1.1  christos 		  }
   6177      1.1  christos 	      if (q == NULL)
   6178      1.1  christos 		pp = &p->next;
   6179      1.1  christos 	    }
   6180      1.1  christos 	  *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
   6181      1.1  christos 	}
   6182      1.1  christos 
   6183      1.1  christos       edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
   6184      1.1  christos       eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   6185      1.1  christos     }
   6186      1.1  christos 
   6187      1.1  christos   if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect && dir->got.refcount < 0)
   6188      1.1  christos     {
   6189      1.1  christos       loongarch_elf_hash_entry(edir)->tls_type
   6190      1.1  christos 	= loongarch_elf_hash_entry(eind)->tls_type;
   6191      1.1  christos       loongarch_elf_hash_entry(eind)->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   6192      1.1  christos     }
   6193      1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   6194      1.1  christos }
   6195      1.1  christos 
   6196      1.1  christos #define PRSTATUS_SIZE		    0x1d8
   6197      1.1  christos #define PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_CURSIG   0xc
   6198      1.1  christos #define PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_PID	    0x20
   6199      1.1  christos #define ELF_GREGSET_T_SIZE	    0x168
   6200      1.1  christos #define PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_REG	    0x70
   6201      1.1  christos 
   6202      1.1  christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
   6203      1.1  christos 
   6204      1.1  christos static bool
   6205      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   6206      1.1  christos {
   6207      1.1  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   6208      1.1  christos     {
   6209      1.1  christos     default:
   6210      1.1  christos       return false;
   6211      1.1  christos 
   6212      1.1  christos     /* The sizeof (struct elf_prstatus) on Linux/LoongArch.  */
   6213      1.1  christos     case PRSTATUS_SIZE:
   6214      1.1  christos       /* pr_cursig  */
   6215      1.1  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal =
   6216      1.1  christos 	bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_CURSIG);
   6217      1.1  christos 
   6218      1.1  christos       /* pr_pid  */
   6219      1.1  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid =
   6220      1.1  christos 	bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_PID);
   6221      1.1  christos       break;
   6222      1.1  christos     }
   6223      1.1  christos 
   6224      1.1  christos   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   6225      1.1  christos   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", ELF_GREGSET_T_SIZE,
   6226      1.1  christos 					  note->descpos
   6227      1.1  christos 					  + PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_REG);
   6228      1.1  christos }
   6229      1.1  christos 
   6230      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_SIZE		    0x88
   6231      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_PID	    0x18
   6232      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_FNAME    0x28
   6233      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_SIZEOF_PR_FNAME    0x10
   6234      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_PS_ARGS  0x38
   6235      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_SIZEOF_PR_PS_ARGS  0x50
   6236      1.1  christos 
   6237      1.1  christos static bool
   6238      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   6239      1.1  christos {
   6240      1.1  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   6241      1.1  christos     {
   6242      1.1  christos     default:
   6243      1.1  christos       return false;
   6244      1.1  christos 
   6245      1.1  christos     /* The sizeof (prpsinfo_t) on Linux/LoongArch.  */
   6246      1.1  christos     case PRPSINFO_SIZE:
   6247      1.1  christos       /* pr_pid  */
   6248      1.1  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid =
   6249      1.1  christos 	bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_PID);
   6250      1.1  christos 
   6251      1.1  christos       /* pr_fname  */
   6252      1.1  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program =
   6253      1.1  christos 	_bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_FNAME,
   6254      1.1  christos 			      PRPSINFO_SIZEOF_PR_FNAME);
   6255      1.1  christos 
   6256      1.1  christos       /* pr_psargs  */
   6257      1.1  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command =
   6258      1.1  christos 	_bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_PS_ARGS,
   6259      1.1  christos 			      PRPSINFO_SIZEOF_PR_PS_ARGS);
   6260      1.1  christos       break;
   6261      1.1  christos     }
   6262      1.1  christos 
   6263      1.1  christos   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   6264      1.1  christos      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   6265      1.1  christos      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   6266      1.1  christos 
   6267      1.1  christos   {
   6268      1.1  christos     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   6269      1.1  christos     int n = strlen (command);
   6270      1.1  christos 
   6271      1.1  christos     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   6272      1.1  christos       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   6273      1.1  christos   }
   6274      1.1  christos 
   6275      1.1  christos   return true;
   6276      1.1  christos }
   6277      1.1  christos 
   6278      1.1  christos /* Set the right mach type.  */
   6279      1.1  christos static bool
   6280      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   6281      1.1  christos {
   6282      1.1  christos   /* There are only two mach types in LoongArch currently.  */
   6283      1.1  christos   if (strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "elf64-loongarch") == 0)
   6284      1.1  christos     bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_loongarch, bfd_mach_loongarch64);
   6285      1.1  christos   else
   6286      1.1  christos     bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_loongarch, bfd_mach_loongarch32);
   6287      1.1  christos   return true;
   6288      1.1  christos }
   6289      1.1  christos 
   6290      1.1  christos static asection *
   6291      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   6292      1.1  christos 			    Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   6293      1.1  christos 			    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   6294      1.1  christos 			    Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   6295      1.1  christos {
   6296      1.1  christos   if (h != NULL)
   6297      1.1  christos     switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   6298      1.1  christos       {
   6299      1.1  christos       case R_LARCH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   6300      1.1  christos       case R_LARCH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   6301      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   6302      1.1  christos       }
   6303      1.1  christos 
   6304      1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   6305      1.1  christos }
   6306      1.1  christos 
   6307      1.1  christos /* Return TRUE if symbol H should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section.  For
   6308      1.1  christos    executable PLT slots where the executable never takes the address of those
   6309      1.1  christos    functions, the function symbols are not added to the hash table.  */
   6310      1.1  christos 
   6311      1.1  christos static bool
   6312      1.1  christos elf_loongarch64_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   6313      1.1  christos {
   6314      1.1  christos   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   6315      1.1  christos       && !h->def_regular
   6316      1.1  christos       && !h->pointer_equality_needed)
   6317      1.1  christos     return false;
   6318      1.1  christos 
   6319      1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
   6320      1.1  christos }
   6321      1.1  christos 
   6322      1.1  christos #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM loongarch_elfNN_vec
   6323      1.1  christos #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elfNN-loongarch"
   6324      1.1  christos #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_loongarch
   6325      1.1  christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID LARCH_ELF_DATA
   6326      1.1  christos #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_LOONGARCH
   6327  1.1.1.3  christos #define ELF_MINPAGESIZE 0x1000
   6328  1.1.1.3  christos #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
   6329  1.1.1.3  christos #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x4000
   6330      1.1  christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_reloc_type_lookup loongarch_reloc_type_lookup
   6331      1.1  christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create				  \
   6332      1.1  christos   loongarch_elf_link_hash_table_create
   6333      1.1  christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_reloc_name_lookup loongarch_reloc_name_lookup
   6334      1.1  christos #define elf_info_to_howto_rel NULL /* Fall through to elf_info_to_howto.  */
   6335      1.1  christos #define elf_info_to_howto loongarch_info_to_howto_rela
   6336  1.1.1.3  christos #define bfd_elfNN_mkobject						  \
   6337  1.1.1.3  christos   elfNN_loongarch_object
   6338      1.1  christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data				  \
   6339      1.1  christos   elfNN_loongarch_merge_private_bfd_data
   6340      1.1  christos 
   6341      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class loongarch_reloc_type_class
   6342      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol loongarch_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
   6343      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections				   \
   6344      1.1  christos   loongarch_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   6345      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_check_relocs loongarch_elf_check_relocs
   6346      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol loongarch_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   6347  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_late_size_sections loongarch_elf_late_size_sections
   6348      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_relocate_section loongarch_elf_relocate_section
   6349      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
   6350  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms \
   6351  1.1.1.2  christos   elf_loongarch_output_arch_local_syms
   6352      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections				   \
   6353      1.1  christos   loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
   6354      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_object_p loongarch_elf_object_p
   6355      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook loongarch_elf_gc_mark_hook
   6356      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val loongarch_elf_plt_sym_val
   6357      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus loongarch_elf_grok_prstatus
   6358      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo loongarch_elf_grok_psinfo
   6359      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_hash_symbol elf_loongarch64_hash_symbol
   6360  1.1.1.2  christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_relax_section loongarch_elf_relax_section
   6361  1.1.1.3  christos #define elf_backend_size_relative_relocs loongarch_elf_size_relative_relocs
   6362  1.1.1.3  christos #define elf_backend_finish_relative_relocs \
   6363  1.1.1.3  christos   loongarch_elf_finish_relative_relocs
   6364  1.1.1.3  christos #define bfd_elfNN_new_section_hook loongarch_elf_new_section_hook
   6365  1.1.1.2  christos 
   6366  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
   6367      1.1  christos 
   6368      1.1  christos #include "elfNN-target.h"
   6369